[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TW201506537A - Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device - Google Patents

Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201506537A
TW201506537A TW103126676A TW103126676A TW201506537A TW 201506537 A TW201506537 A TW 201506537A TW 103126676 A TW103126676 A TW 103126676A TW 103126676 A TW103126676 A TW 103126676A TW 201506537 A TW201506537 A TW 201506537A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
carbon atoms
formula
resin composition
Prior art date
Application number
TW103126676A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yousuke Murakami
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201506537A publication Critical patent/TW201506537A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B29/00Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B29/32Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from coupling components containing a reactive methylene group
    • C09B29/33Aceto- or benzoylacetylarylides
    • C09B29/335Aceto- or benzoylacetylarylides free of acid groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

A colored photosensitive resin composition is provided, which contains a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment (A), a dye derivative (B-1) represented by the following formula (I) and/or a dye derivative (B-2) represented by the following formula (II), a dispersing agent (C), a photopolymerization initiator (D) and a polymerizable compound (E), wherein the content of the dispersing agent (C) is 20 to 40 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of pigment.

Description

著色感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩 色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置 Coloring photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, color Method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

本發明是有關於一種適於製作液晶顯示元件(液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD))或固體攝像元件(電荷耦合元件(Charge-coupled Device,CCD)、互補式金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor,CMOS)等)等中所用的彩色濾光片的著色感光性樹脂組成物、具有藉由所述組成物所製作的著色區域的彩色濾光片、及具有所述彩色濾光片的固體攝像元件、有機發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)用液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。 The invention relates to a liquid crystal display element (Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)) or a solid-state imaging device (Charge-coupled Device (CCD), Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (Complementary Metal- a colored photosensitive resin composition of a color filter used in an Oxide-Semiconductor, CMOS, or the like), a color filter having a colored region formed by the composition, and a color filter having the color filter An image display device such as a solid-state imaging device or a liquid crystal display device for an organic light emitting diode (LED).

近年來,伴隨著個人電腦(personal computer)、特別是大畫面液晶電視的發展,有液晶顯示器(LCD)、特別是彩色液晶顯示器的需要增加的傾向。由於進一步高畫質化的要求,亦期望有機電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)顯示器的普及。另一方面,由於數位照相機(digital camera)、帶有照相機的行動電話的 普及,CCD影像感測器等固體攝像元件的需要亦不斷增大。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, particularly large-screen liquid crystal televisions, there is a tendency for liquid crystal displays (LCDs), particularly color liquid crystal displays, to increase. Due to the demand for further high image quality, the popularity of organic electroluminescence (EL) displays is also desired. On the other hand, due to the digital camera, the mobile phone with the camera Popularization, the demand for solid-state imaging elements such as CCD image sensors is also increasing.

作為該些顯示器或光學元件的關鍵元件(key device),使用彩色濾光片,進一步高畫質化的要求與對成本降低(cost down)的要求不斷提高。此種彩色濾光片通常具備紅色(R)、綠色(G)及藍色(B)三原色的著色圖案,於顯示元件或攝像元件中,發揮將所通過的光分成三原色的作用。 As a key device for these displays or optical components, the use of color filters further increases the requirements for higher image quality and cost reduction. Such a color filter usually has a color pattern of three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and functions to divide the passed light into three primary colors in a display element or an image sensor.

作為彩色濾光片中所使用的著色劑,通常使用顏料,例如已揭示有專利文獻1~專利文獻3中記載的著色組成物。 As the coloring agent used in the color filter, a pigment is usually used. For example, the coloring composition described in Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 3 has been disclosed.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2007-156395號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-156395

[專利文獻2]日本專利特開2008-310000號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-310000

[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2009-251481號公報(日本專利第5117913號) [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-251481 (Japanese Patent No. 5117913)

然而,雖然藉由使彩色濾光片薄膜化來減輕串擾(crosstalk)(光的混色),但由於要求在維持分光形態的狀態下實現薄膜化,故要求大幅度地提高固體成分中的顏料濃度。因此,對於專利文獻1~專利文獻3中記載的組成物而言,有微影所必需的成分的含量相對變少、圖案形成變困難的傾向。 However, although the crosstalk (light mixing) is alleviated by thinning the color filter, it is required to be thinned in a state in which the spectroscopic form is maintained, so that it is required to greatly increase the pigment concentration in the solid component. . Therefore, in the composition described in Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 3, the content of components necessary for lithography is relatively small, and pattern formation tends to be difficult.

如此,為了確保微影所必需的成分的含量,以少量的分散劑 來獲得良好的顏料分散物成為重要課題。 Thus, in order to ensure the content of the components necessary for lithography, a small amount of dispersant Obtaining good pigment dispersions has become an important issue.

本發明解決所述課題,且其是有關於一種著色感光性樹脂組成物以及利用所述著色感光性樹脂組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置,所述著色感光性樹脂組成物能以少量的分散劑獲得良好的分散物,且具有良好的微影(解析性)、圖案直線性、圖案的同色畫素間的穩定性及亮度不均優異。 The present invention solves the above problems, and relates to a colored photosensitive resin composition, a cured film using the colored photosensitive resin composition, a color filter, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and In the image display device, the colored photosensitive resin composition can obtain a good dispersion with a small amount of a dispersing agent, and has good lithography (resolution), pattern linearity, stability between the same color pixels of the pattern, and Excellent brightness unevenness.

本發明者等人進行了詳細研究,結果發現,藉由使用既定的顏料及既定的色素衍生物,可解決所述課題。 The inventors of the present invention conducted detailed studies and found that the problem can be solved by using a predetermined pigment and a predetermined pigment derivative.

具體而言,藉由下述手段<1>、較佳為手段<2>~手段<15>解決了所述課題。 Specifically, the above problem is solved by the following means <1>, preferably means <2>~ means <15>.

<1>一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,含有:(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料、(B-1)下述通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物及/或(B-2)下述通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物、(C)分散劑、(D)光聚合起始劑以及(E)聚合性化合物,其中相對於顏料100質量份,(C)分散劑的含量為20質量份~40質量份,[化1] <1> A colored photosensitive resin composition containing (A) a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, (B-1) a dye derivative represented by the following formula (I), and/or (B-2) a pigment derivative represented by the formula (II), (C) a dispersant, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a polymerizable compound, wherein the content of the (C) dispersant is 100 parts by mass based on the pigment 20 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass, [Chemical 1]

(通式(I)中,Dye表示n價的有機色素殘基,X表示單鍵、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2-或-CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2-(Y2表示可具有取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基),Y1表示-NH-或-O-,於n表示1的情形時,Z表示羥基、烷氧基、下述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye(X與通式(I)中的X為相同含意),於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z分別表示羥基、烷氧基或下述通式(III)所表示的基團,R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環;m表示1~6的整數,n表示1~4的整數;於n為2以上的情形時,多個X、Y1、R1及R2分別可相同亦可不同); (In the general formula (I), Dye represents an n-valent organic dye residue, and X represents a single bond, -CONH-Y 2 -, -SO 2 NH-Y 2 - or -CH 2 NHCOCH 2 NH-Y 2 - ( Y 2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent, and Y 1 represents -NH- or -O-. When n represents 1, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the following formula (III) a group represented by -NH-X-Dye (X is the same as X in the formula (I)), and when n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or The group represented by the following formula (III), R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom; m represents 1 An integer of ~6, n represents an integer of 1 to 4; when n is 2 or more, a plurality of X, Y 1 , R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different);

(通式(III)中,Y3表示-NH-或-O-;R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環;m表示1~6的整數); (In the formula (III), Y 3 represents -NH- or -O-; R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a nitrogen atom-containing group. Heterocycle; m represents an integer from 1 to 6);

(通式(II)中,Dye表示可具有取代基的喹酞酮(quinophthalone)殘基,X1表示-NR'SO2-、-SO2NR'-、-CONR'-、-CH2NR'COCH2NR'-或-NR'CO-,X2表示可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基或可具有取代基的碳數為4~20的雜芳香環基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-或-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結;X3表示-NR'-或-O-;R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基;A及B分別表示選自下述通式(1)所表示的基團、下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9、-NR10R11、-Cl、-F及-X3-X2-X1-Dye中的基團,R8表示可經取代的含氮雜環殘基,R9、R10、R11分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,n表示0~20的整數;A及B的任一個為下述通式(1)所表示的基團、下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9或-NR10R11,t表示1~3的整數;於t為2以上的情形時,多個X1、X2、X3、A及B可相同亦可不同);[化4] (In the formula (II), Dye represents a quinophthalone residue which may have a substituent, and X 1 represents -NR'SO 2 -, -SO 2 NR'-, -CONR'-, -CH 2 NR 'COCH 2 NR'- or -NR'CO-, X 2 represents a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and Some groups may also be bonded to each other via a divalent linking group selected from -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 - or -CO-; X 3 represents -NR'- or -O-; R' represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; B represents a group represented by the following formula (1), a group represented by the following formula (2), -O-(CH 2 ) n -R 8 , -OR 9 , -NR 10 a group in R 11 , —Cl, —F and —X 3 —X 2 —X 1 —Dye, R 8 represents a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic residue which may be substituted, and R 9 , R 10 and R 11 each represent hydrogen. An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and n represents 0. An integer of ~20; any of A and B is (1) a group represented by the general formula, the following formula (2) a group represented by, -O- (CH 2) n -R 8, -OR 9 or -NR 10 R 11, t represents 1 An integer of ~3; when t is 2 or more, a plurality of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , A, and B may be the same or different); [Chemical 4]

(通式(1)中,Y1表示-NR'-或-O-,Y2表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-、-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結;R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基;R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基;R1與R2亦可成一體而形成雜環結構,所述雜環結構亦可更含有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子,亦可具有取代基;通式(2)中,Z1表示連結三嗪環與氮原子的單鍵、-NR'-、-NR'-G-CO-、-NR’-G-CONR”-、-NR'-G-SO2-、-NR'-G-SO2NR"-、-O-G-CO-、-O-G-CONR'-、-O-G-SO2-或-O-G-SO2NR'-,G表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基;R3、R4、R5及R6分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為 1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,R7表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基)。 (In the formula (1), Y 1 represents -NR'- or -O-, and Y 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the carbon number which may have a substituent is 2 to 20 An alkenyl group or a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups may also be selected from the group consisting of -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -CO- The valency linking groups are bonded to each other; R' represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent An aryl group of 6 to 20; R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; R 1 and R 2 Further, a heterocyclic structure may be formed, and the heterocyclic ring structure may further contain a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, or may have a substituent; in the formula (2), Z 1 represents a linking triazine ring and nitrogen. A single bond of an atom, -NR'-, -NR'-G-CO-, -NR'-G-CONR"-, -NR'-G-SO 2 -, -NR'-G-SO 2 NR"- , -OG-CO-, -OG-CONR'-, -OG-SO 2 - or -OG-SO 2 NR'-, G represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent having a carbon number of 2 to 20 or an alkenyl group The substituent has a carbon number of 6 to 20, and R' and R" each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 2 to 20 An alkenyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, An alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have The substituent has a carbon number of 2 to 20 alkenyl groups.

<2>如<1>所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,更含有黃色顏料。 <2> The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in <1> further contains a yellow pigment.

<3>如<2>所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中黃色顏料為顏色索引(Color Index,C.I.)顏料黃150及/或C.I.顏料黃185。 <3> The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in <2>, wherein the yellow pigment is a color index (C.I.) Pigment Yellow 150 and/or C.I. Pigment Yellow 185.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中(C)分散劑是使於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的所述羥基與三羧酸酐或四羧酸二酐反應而成。 The coloring photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <3> wherein the (C) dispersing agent is the hydroxyl group and tricarboxylic acid of the vinyl polymer which has a hydroxyl group in a single terminal. An acid anhydride or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride is reacted.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(I)中,Dye具有含有苯并咪唑酮骨架的單偶氮色素結構。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein, in the formula (I), Dye has a monoazo dye structure containing a benzimidazolone skeleton.

<6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(II)中,喹酞酮殘基是由下述通式(II-1)所表示, The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <5>, wherein, in the formula (II), the quinophthalone residue is represented by the following formula (II-1) Said that

通式(II-1)中,D及E分別表示選自氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~20的烷基、與D及E所鍵結的苯環一起形成且可具有取代基的芳香環基或雜環基、羥基、碳數1~3的烷氧基、羧基或其鹽、碳數1~20的酯基、碳數1~20的醯胺基、碸基或其鹽、胺磺醯基、-NR'R"-、硝基中的任一個基團;式中,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數6~20的芳基;p表示0~4的整數,q表示由4-p所算出的整數;*表示與通式(II)中的X1的鍵結部位。 In the formula (II-1), D and E each represent an aromatic group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a benzene ring bonded to D and E, and a substituent. a cyclic or heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a salt thereof, an ester group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a decylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an anthracenyl group or a salt thereof, and an amine Any one of a sulfonyl group, a -NR'R"-, or a nitro group; wherein R' and R" each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; p represents an integer of 0 to 4, q represents an integer calculated by 4-p; * represents a formula The bonding site of X 1 in II).

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(II)中,A及B表示通式(1)所表示的基團或通式(2)所表示的基團,且A及B為相同基團。 The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <6>, wherein A and B in the formula (II) represent a group or a formula represented by the formula (1). (2) The group represented, and A and B are the same group.

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料為C.I.顏料綠58。 The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <7>, wherein (A) the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is C.I. Pigment Green 58.

<9>如<1>至<8>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中相對於組成物中的總固體成分,著色劑的合計量為40質量%以上。 The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the total amount of the coloring agent is 40% by mass or more based on the total solid content in the composition.

<10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其是用於形成彩色濾光片的著色區域。 <10> The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9> which is a colored region for forming a color filter.

<11>一種硬化膜,其是使如<1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物硬化而成。 <11> A cured film obtained by curing the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>.

<12>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括以下步驟:將如< 1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層的步驟;將著色感光性樹脂組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 <12> A method of manufacturing a color filter, comprising the steps of: The coloring photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 10, which is applied to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin composition layer; and the step of exposing the colored photosensitive resin composition layer to a pattern And a step of developing the colored pattern by developing the unexposed portion.

<13>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括以下步驟:將如<1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層,使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影而將光阻層圖案化,獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾蝕刻的步驟。 <13> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of applying a colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10> to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin composition. a step of hardening the layer to form a color layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and a resist The agent pattern serves as an etching mask to dry etch the colored layer.

<14>一種彩色濾光片,其為具有如<11>所記載的硬化膜的彩色濾光片、或者藉由如<12>或<13>所記載的彩色濾光片的製造方法所製造的彩色濾光片。 <14> A color filter which is a color filter having a cured film according to <11> or a method of producing a color filter according to <12> or <13>. Color filter.

<15>一種固體攝像元件或圖像顯示裝置,具有如<14>所記載的彩色濾光片。 <15> A solid-state imaging device or image display device comprising the color filter according to <14>.

根據本發明,即便分散劑的含量少亦可獲得良好的分散物,故可提供一種良好的微影(解析性)、圖案直線性、圖案的同色畫素間的穩定性及亮度不均優異的著色感光性樹脂組成物以及利用所述著色感光性樹脂組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾 光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, even if the content of the dispersant is small, a good dispersion can be obtained, so that a good lithography (analytical property), pattern linearity, stability between the same color pixels of the pattern, and excellent unevenness in brightness can be provided. a coloring photosensitive resin composition, a cured film using the colored photosensitive resin composition, a color filter, and a color filter A method of manufacturing a light sheet, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.

圖1為示意性地表示圖案直線性的評價的判定基準的圖。 FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing a criterion for judging the evaluation of pattern linearity.

以下,對本發明的內容加以詳細說明。另外,於本申請案說明書中,所謂「~」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含意而使用。另外,所謂本發明的有機EL元件,是指有機電致發光元件。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, in the specification of the present application, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. Further, the organic EL device of the present invention means an organic electroluminescence device.

於本說明書中,所謂總固體成分,是指自著色感光性樹脂組成物的總組成中去掉溶劑所得的成分的總質量。 In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components obtained by removing the solvent from the total composition of the colored photosensitive resin composition.

於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基團,並且亦包含具有取代基的基團。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, it is not described that the substituted and unsubstituted expression includes a group having no substituent, and also includes a group having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

另外,本說明書中所謂「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(Extreme Ultraviolet,EUV)光、X射線、電子束等。另外,本發明中所謂光,是指光化射線或放射線。本說明書中所謂「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則不僅是指利用水銀燈、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等的曝光,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束的描畫 亦包括在曝光中。 In addition, the term "radiation" as used herein means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (EUV) light, an X ray, an electron beam, or the like. Further, the term "light" as used in the present invention means actinic ray or radiation. In the present specification, the term "exposure" is used to describe not only the ultraviolet light, the X-ray, the EUV light, etc., which are represented by mercury lamps or excimer lasers, but also the use of particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Also included in the exposure.

另外,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。 In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid," The (meth)acrylonyl group means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group.

另外,本說明書中,「單體」與「單體(monomer)」為相同含意。本說明書中的單體是指與寡聚物及聚合物相區分、重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物,可為單體亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基團。 In addition, in this specification, "monomer" and "monomer" have the same meaning. The monomer in the present specification means a compound which is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and has a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

於本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量是以由GPC測定所得的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如可藉由以下方式求出:使用HLC-8220(東曹(股)製造),使用TSKgel Super AWM-H(東曹(股)製造,6.0mmID×15.0cm)作為管柱,使用10mmol/L的溴化鋰N-甲基吡咯啶酮(N-methyl pyrrolidinone,NMP)溶液作為溶離液。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined by polystyrene-converted values obtained by GPC measurement. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and using TSKgel Super AWM-H (Dongcao) As a column, a 10 mmol/L solution of lithium bromide N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was used as a solution.

於本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本說明書中「步驟」一詞不僅是指獨立的步驟,於無法與其他步驟明確區分的情形時,只要可達成該步驟的預期作用,則亦包括在該用語中。 The term "step" in this specification refers not only to an independent step, but also to a situation where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended effect of the step can be achieved.

本發明是鑒於所述狀況而成,其目的在於提供一種顏色特性優異的著色感光性樹脂組成物。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition having excellent color characteristics.

<著色感光性樹脂組成物> <Coloring photosensitive resin composition>

本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物(以下有時稱為「本發明的組成物」、「著色組成物」)的特徵在於:含有(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料、(B-1)通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物及/或(B-2)通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物(以下有時統稱為「(B)色素衍生物」)、(C)分散劑、(D)光聚合起始劑以及(E)聚合性化合物,相對於顏料的合計量100質量份,(C)分散劑的含量為20質量份~40質量份。 The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the composition of the present invention" or "colored composition") is characterized by containing (A) a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment and (B-1) (I) a pigment derivative and/or (B-2) a dye derivative represented by the formula (II) (hereinafter collectively referred to as "(B) pigment derivative"), (C) a dispersant, (D) Photopolymerization initiator and (E) polymerizable compound, the content of the (C) dispersant is 20 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the pigment.

藉由使用本發明的組成物,即便相對於顏料100質量份而使分散劑的含量少至20質量份~40質量份,亦可獲得良好的分散物,故具有良好的微影(解析性)、圖案直線性、圖案的同色畫素間的穩定性及亮度不均變優異。可獲得此種本發明的效果的理由雖不確定,但可認為其原因在於,與非鹵化酞菁或銅酞菁等相比較,被用作顏料的鹵化鋅酞菁所具有的分子結構的平面性更高。即,可認為對於顏料而言,於藉由分散劑的相互作用來進行分散時,分子的平面性越高則越容易吸附,故利用少量的分散劑亦可進行分散。 By using the composition of the present invention, even if the content of the dispersant is as small as 20 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment, a good dispersion can be obtained, so that good lithography (analytical property) is obtained. The linearity of the pattern, the stability of the same color of the pattern, and the unevenness in brightness are excellent. Although the reason why the effect of the present invention can be obtained is not certain, it is considered to be because the plane of the molecular structure of the zinc halide phthalocyanine used as a pigment is compared with that of a non-halogenated phthalocyanine or copper phthalocyanine. More sexual. In other words, it is considered that when the pigment is dispersed by the interaction of the dispersant, the higher the planarity of the molecule, the easier the adsorption is. Therefore, it is also possible to disperse with a small amount of the dispersant.

另外,本發明中所用的(B)色素衍生物具有三嗪結構,三嗪結構與平面性高的化合物強烈地吸附,故亦將平面性高的鹵化鋅酞菁更強烈地吸附於色素衍生物。可推測由於該些原因,即便分 散劑的含量少亦可獲得良好的分散物。 Further, the (B) dye derivative used in the present invention has a triazine structure, and the triazine structure and the highly planar compound strongly adsorb, so that the highly planar zinc halide phthalocyanine is more strongly adsorbed to the dye derivative. . It can be speculated that for these reasons, even points A small dispersion can also provide a good dispersion.

以下,對本發明的組成物加以詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料>> <<(A) Zinc Halogen Phthalocyanine Pigment>>

本發明含有(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。本發明的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料為以下結構的顏料:取代於酞菁骨架上的取代基僅為鹵素原子,於每一個酞菁分子(結構)上鍵結有合計至少2個、最多16個的鹵素原子。 The present invention contains (A) a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment. The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment of the present invention is a pigment having a structure in which a substituent substituted on a phthalocyanine skeleton is only a halogen atom, and a total of at least 2 and a maximum of 16 are bonded to each phthalocyanine molecule (structure). Halogen atom.

鹵素原子較佳為含有選自氟原子、氯原子及溴原子的至少一種,更佳為氯原子及/或溴原子,進而佳為含有氯原子與溴原子兩者。 The halogen atom preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom and/or a bromine atom, and further preferably contains both a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料例如可列舉下述通式(F)所表示的化合物。 The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formula (F).

(通式(F)中,X1~X16分別表示氯原子、溴原子或氫原子, X1~X16的至少2個為氯原子或溴原子) (In the formula (F), X 1 to X 16 each represent a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a hydrogen atom, and at least two of X 1 to X 16 are a chlorine atom or a bromine atom)

若分子中鍵結的鹵素原子的個數增加,則鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的色相由藍色變為綠色。為了使鹵化鋅酞菁顏料成為綠色,較佳為具有8個以上的溴原子作為鍵結於分子的鹵素原子,其中就顯現出進一步帶有黃色調的亮度高的綠色的方面而言,更佳為具有12個以上的溴原子。就進一步獲得黃色調的綠色的方面而言,較佳為相較於氯原子而含有更多的溴原子。 When the number of bonded halogen atoms in the molecule increases, the hue of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment changes from blue to green. In order to make the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment green, it is preferable to have 8 or more bromine atoms as a halogen atom bonded to a molecule, and it is preferable to further exhibit a yellow color with a high luminance. It has 12 or more bromine atoms. In terms of further obtaining a yellowish green color, it is preferred to contain more bromine atoms than the chlorine atom.

其中,X1~X16中的8個以上經溴原子取代者呈現出亮度高的綠色,故可較佳地用於彩色濾光片的綠色畫素(著色圖案),溴原子的取代數更佳為10個~14個。另外,較佳為X1~X16中取氫原子者為2個以下。 Among them, 8 or more of X 1 to X 16 are substituted with a bromine atom to exhibit a green color having a high luminance, so that it can be preferably used for a green pixel (coloring pattern) of a color filter, and the substitution number of a bromine atom is more Good for 10~14. Further, it is preferable that two or less hydrogen atoms are taken from X 1 to X 16 .

本發明中所用的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料較佳為一次粒子的平均粒徑為0.01μm~0.30μm的鹵化鋅酞菁。本發明中的顏料的一次粒子的平均粒徑為藉由以下所示的方法測定的值。 The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment used in the present invention is preferably a zinc halide phthalocyanine having an average particle diameter of primary particles of from 0.01 μm to 0.30 μm. The average particle diameter of the primary particles of the pigment in the present invention is a value measured by the method shown below.

所謂本發明的平均一次粒徑是指以下的值:利用穿透式電子顯微鏡來拍攝視場(visual field)內的粒子,對二維圖像上的構成凝聚物的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的100個一次粒子分別求出其較長粒徑(長徑)與較短粒徑(短徑)的平均值,並將該些值加以平均所得的值。 The average primary particle diameter of the present invention means a value of a particle in a visual field by a transmission electron microscope, and 100 of a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment constituting an aggregate on a two-dimensional image. The primary particles are each obtained by averaging the average values of the longer particle diameter (long diameter) and the shorter particle diameter (short diameter), and averaging the values.

於本發明的組成物中,鹵化鋅酞菁顏料可僅使用一種,亦可組合使用多種。例如於所述通式(F)中,亦能以特定比例含有選自溴原子及氯原子中的鹵素原子的取代數相互不同的多種特 定的鹵素原子組成的多鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。 In the composition of the present invention, the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment may be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, in the above formula (F), a plurality of specificities in which the number of substitutions of a halogen atom selected from a bromine atom and a chlorine atom are different from each other in a specific ratio can also be used. A polyhalogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment composed of a halogen atom.

較佳態樣可列舉:含有16個溴原子的多鹵化鋅酞菁顏料、與含有15個溴原子及1個氯原子的多鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的組合等。另外,兩者的比例較佳為80:20~100:0的範圍。 Preferable examples thereof include a polyhalide zinc phthalocyanine pigment containing 16 bromine atoms, a combination with a polyhalogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment containing 15 bromine atoms and 1 chlorine atom, and the like. In addition, the ratio of the two is preferably in the range of 80:20 to 100:0.

本發明的硬化性組成物所含的(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的平均組成是根據基於質譜儀(mass spectroscopy)的質量分析、及利用燒瓶燃燒離子層析的鹵素含量分析而求出,鹵化鋅酞菁顏料組成物中的各特定鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的含有莫耳百分比(mol%)亦同樣可藉由對質量分析的結果進行分析而容易地求出。 The average composition of the (A) zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment contained in the curable composition of the present invention is determined by mass spectrometry based on mass spectrometry and halogen content analysis by flask combustion ion chromatography, and halogenated. The percentage of mol% (mol%) of each specific zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment in the zinc phthalocyanine pigment composition can also be easily determined by analyzing the results of the mass analysis.

本發明中可較佳地使用的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料可藉由日本專利特開2007-320986號公報、日本專利特開2008-19383號公報中記載的方法來製造。 The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment which can be preferably used in the present invention can be produced by the method described in JP-A-2007-320986 and JP-A-2008-19383.

鹵化鋅酞菁顏料可列舉C.I.顏料綠58。 The zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is exemplified by C.I. Pigment Green 58.

本發明的組成物中的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的量較佳為所有顏料成分的20質量%~100質量%,更佳為30質量%~90質量%,進而佳為40質量%~80質量%。 The amount of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 20% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably from 30% by mass to 90% by mass, even more preferably from 40% by mass to 80% by mass, based on all the pigment components. .

-其他顏料- -Other pigments -

本發明的組成物亦可含有鹵化鋅酞菁顏料以外的其他顏料。具體可採用日本專利特開2012-219106號公報的段落編號0046~段落編號0052中記載者,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。本發明中,較佳為黃色顏料。其他顏料可僅使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。 The composition of the present invention may also contain other pigments other than the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment. Specifically, it can be described in Paragraph No. 0046 to Paragraph No. 0052 of JP-A-2012-219106, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the present invention, a yellow pigment is preferred. Other pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

有機顏料例如可列舉偶氮顏料、甲亞胺(azomethine)顏料、異吲哚啉顏料、喹酞酮顏料等。其中,由於分散穩定性的原因,較佳為偶氮顏料、異吲哚啉顏料,具體而言,例如可列舉:C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃99、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃199等。 Examples of the organic pigment include an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, and the like. Among them, azo pigments and isoporphyrin pigments are preferred because of dispersion stability, and specific examples thereof include CI Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, and CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 99, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 199, and the like.

該等中,較佳為C.I.顏料黃150(偶氮顏料)、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃185(異吲哚啉顏料)。 Among these, C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 (azo pigment), C.I. Pigment Yellow 139, C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 (isoporphyrin pigment) are preferred.

本發明中所用的其他顏料較佳為於構成其他顏料的分子中具有1個或2個環結構。此處,關於縮合環,將縮合環整體視為1個環結構。 The other pigments used in the present invention preferably have one or two ring structures in the molecules constituting the other pigments. Here, regarding the condensed ring, the entire condensed ring is regarded as one ring structure.

可認為,相較於環結構為3個以上的顏料,環結構為1個或2個的顏料的分子間相互作用較小,故於分散(微粒子化)時顏料容易松解。另外可推測,若藉由顏料松解而其粒子數增加,則容易引起對鹵化鋅酞菁顏料的吸附,抑制凝聚力強的酞菁彼此的再凝聚,故於有助於亮度不均的粗大粒子或黏度穩定性(抑制增黏)的方面有效果。於構成顏料的分子中具有1個或2個環結構的顏料較佳為黃色顏料,更佳為C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃185。 It is considered that the pigment having a ring structure of three or more pigments has a small intermolecular interaction of one or two pigments, so that the pigment is easily released when dispersed (microparticles). In addition, when the number of particles is increased by the release of the pigment, it is easy to cause adsorption of the zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, and re-agglomeration of the phthalocyanine having strong cohesive force is suppressed, so that coarse particles contributing to uneven brightness are obtained. Or the effect of viscosity stability (inhibition of viscosity increase) is effective. The pigment having one or two ring structures in the molecule constituting the pigment is preferably a yellow pigment, more preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 150, C.I. Pigment Yellow 185.

本發明的組成物亦可含有(A)顏料以外的公知的染料。 例如可使用日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利登記2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中揭示的色素。化學結構可使用:吡唑偶氮系、吡咯亞甲基系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、亞苄基(benzylidene)系、氧喏系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系等的染料。 The composition of the present invention may also contain a known dye other than the pigment (A). For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 64-90403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 64-91102, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 1-94301, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-11614, Japanese Patent Registration No. 2592207 , U.S. Patent No. 4,808, 510, U.S. Patent No. 5,679, 920, U.S. Patent No. 5, 560, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5, 505, 950, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 5- 333 207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-35183, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-51115, Japan The pigment disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-194928 or the like. The chemical structure can be used: pyrazo azo, pyrromethylene, aniline azo, triphenylmethane, lanthanide, benzylidene, oxonium, pyrazolotriazole A dye such as an azo type, a pyridone azo type, a cyanine type, a phenothiazine type, or a pyrrolopyrazole-imine type.

另外,染料亦可使用色素多聚物。色素多聚物可列舉日本專利特開2011-213925號公報、日本專利特開2013-041097號公報中記載的化合物。 Further, a dye polymer can also be used as the dye. The compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2011-041097, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-041097.

關於本發明的組成物中的顏料的含量,相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物所含有的除了溶劑以外的所有成分,以酞菁顏料與其他顏料的合計量計而較佳為40質量%以上,更佳為45質量%~70質量%,進而佳為50質量%~65質量%。本發明的組成物亦可於不偏離本發明的主旨的範圍內含有染料,於含有染料的情形時,較佳為著色劑(染料及顏料)的合計量成為所述範圍。 The content of the pigment in the composition of the present invention is preferably 40% by mass or more based on the total amount of the phthalocyanine pigment and the other pigment, based on the total amount of the phthalocyanine pigment and other pigments, which are contained in the coloring photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, it is 45 mass% - 70 mass%, and further preferably 50 mass% - 65 mass%. The composition of the present invention may contain a dye in a range not departing from the gist of the present invention, and in the case of containing a dye, it is preferred that the total amount of the colorant (dye and pigment) is within the above range.

顏料於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The pigment may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<(B)色素衍生物>> <<(B) Pigment Derivatives>>

本發明的組成物含有(B-1)通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物及/或(B-2)通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物作為(B)色素衍生物。以下,對(B-1)通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物及(B-2)通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物加以說明。 The composition of the present invention contains (B-1) a dye derivative represented by the formula (I) and/or (B-2) a dye derivative represented by the formula (II) as the (B) dye derivative. Hereinafter, (B-1) a dye derivative represented by the formula (I) and (B-2) a dye derivative represented by the formula (II) will be described.

-(B-1)通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物- - (B-1) a pigment derivative represented by the formula (I) -

(通式(I)中,Dye表示n價的有機色素殘基,X表示單鍵、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2-或-CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2-(Y2表示可具有取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基),Y1表示-NH-或-O-,於n表示1的情形時,Z表示羥基、烷氧基、下述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye(X與通式(I)中的X為相同含意),於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z分別表示羥基、烷氧基或下述通式(III)所表示的基團,R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環。m表示1~6的整數,n表示1~4的整數。於n為2以上的情形時,多個X、Y1、R1及R2分別可相同亦可不同) (In the general formula (I), Dye represents an n-valent organic dye residue, and X represents a single bond, -CONH-Y 2 -, -SO 2 NH-Y 2 - or -CH 2 NHCOCH 2 NH-Y 2 - ( Y 2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent, and Y 1 represents -NH- or -O-. When n represents 1, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the following formula (III) a group represented by -NH-X-Dye (X is the same as X in the formula (I)), and when n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or In the group represented by the following formula (III), R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom. m represents 1 An integer of ~6, and n represents an integer of 1 to 4. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of X, Y 1 , R 1 , and R 2 may be the same or different)

(通式(III)中,Y3表示-NH-或-O-。R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環。m表示1~6的整數) (In the formula (III), Y 3 represents -NH- or -O-. R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a nitrogen atom-containing group. Heterocycle. m represents an integer from 1 to 6)

Dye表示n價的有機色素殘基。有機色素殘基可列舉如上所述的顏料中的顯色原子團、其類似結構或部分結構,具體可列舉:含有選自具有偶氮基的骨架、具有脲結構的骨架、具有醯胺結構的骨架、具有環狀醯胺結構的骨架、具有含雜原子的5員環的芳香族環、及具有含雜原子的6員環的芳香族環中的一種以上的部分結構的結構,Dye為含有該些有機色素殘基的取代基。 Dye represents an n-valent organic pigment residue. The organic dye residue may, for example, be a chromogenic atomic group in the pigment as described above, a similar structure or a partial structure thereof, and specifically includes a skeleton selected from the group consisting of a skeleton having an azo group, a skeleton having a urea structure, and a skeleton having a mercapto structure. a structure having a cyclic guanamine structure, an aromatic ring having a 5-membered ring containing a hetero atom, and a partial structure having one or more aromatic rings having a 6-membered ring containing a hetero atom, and Dye contains the structure. Substituents for some organic pigment residues.

Dye較佳為具有顏料母核結構或者顏料母核結構與芳香環、或含氮芳香環、或含氧芳香環、或含硫芳香環,胺基是直接或藉由連結基而鍵結於顏料母核結構、芳香環、含氮芳香環、含氧芳香環、含硫芳香環的任一個。具體可列舉:喹啉系殘基、苯并咪唑酮系殘基、異吲哚啉系殘基、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系殘基、偶氮系殘基、酞菁系殘基、蒽醌系殘基、喹吖啶酮系殘基、二噁嗪系殘基、哌瑞酮系殘基、苝系殘基、硫靛系殘基、異吲哚啉酮系殘基、喹酞酮系殘基、士林(threne)系殘基、金屬錯合物系殘基等。 Dye preferably has a pigment core structure or a pigment core structure and an aromatic ring, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring, or an oxygen-containing aromatic ring, or a sulfur-containing aromatic ring, and the amine group is bonded to the pigment directly or through a linking group. Any of a core structure, an aromatic ring, a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring, an oxygen-containing aromatic ring, or a sulfur-containing aromatic ring. Specific examples thereof include a quinoline-based residue, a benzimidazolone-based residue, an isoporphyrin-based residue, a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based residue, an azo-based residue, a phthalocyanine-based residue, and an anthracene. Residue, quinacridone residue, dioxin-based residue, piperidone-based residue, lanthanide residue, thioindole residue, isoindolinone residue, quinacridone Residues, threne residues, metal complex residues, and the like.

Dye所表示的有機色素殘基具體可列舉銅酞菁殘基、以下的有機色素殘基等。式中,*表示與通式(I)中的X的鍵結部位。 Specific examples of the organic dye residue represented by Dye include a copper phthalocyanine residue and the following organic dye residue. In the formula, * represents a bonding site with X in the formula (I).

[化12] [化12]

該等中,較佳為具有苯并咪唑酮骨架的單偶氮色素。 Among these, a monoazo dye having a benzimidazolone skeleton is preferred.

X表示單鍵、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2-或-CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2-,較佳為單鍵。 X represents a single bond, -CONH-Y 2 -, -SO 2 NH-Y 2 - or -CH 2 NHCOCH 2 NH-Y 2 -, preferably a single bond.

Y2表示可具有取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基。所述伸烷基較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的伸烷基,進而佳為碳數1~3的伸烷基。具體可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基等。伸烷基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 Y 2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, and a hexyl group. The alkylene group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

所述伸芳基較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基,更佳為碳數6~10的伸芳基。具體可列舉伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基等。 The aryl group is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a stretching phenyl group, a stretching naphthyl group, and a stretching group.

伸烷基及伸芳基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The alkylene group and the extended aryl group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

Y1表示-NH-或-O-,較佳為-NH-。 Y 1 represents -NH- or -O-, preferably -NH-.

R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環。 R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom.

所述烷基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基等。烷基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and an n-octyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

R1及R2較佳為表示相同的可具有取代基的烷基。 R 1 and R 2 preferably represent the same alkyl group which may have a substituent.

m表示1~6的整數,較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。 m represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3.

n表示1~4的整數,較佳為1~3,更佳為1或2。 n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.

於n表示1的情形時,Z表示羥基、烷氧基、所述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye(X與通式(I)中的X為相同含意),於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z分別表示羥基、烷氧基或所述通式(III)所表示的基團。 In the case where n represents 1, the Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a group represented by the above formula (III) or -NH-X-Dye (X has the same meaning as X in the formula (I)) In the case where n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or a group represented by the above formula (III).

於n表示1的情形時,Z較佳為所述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye,更佳為所述通式(III)所表示的基團。 In the case where n represents 1, Z is preferably a group represented by the above formula (III) or -NH-X-Dye, more preferably a group represented by the above formula (III).

於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z較佳為所述通式(III)所表示的基團。 When n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z is preferably a group represented by the above formula (III).

通式(III)中,Y3表示-NH-或-O-,較佳為-NH-。Y3較佳為表示與通式(I)中的Y1相同的基團。 In the formula (III), Y 3 represents -NH- or -O-, preferably -NH-. Y 3 preferably represents the same group as Y 1 in the formula (I).

通式(III)中的R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,與通式(I)中的R1及R2為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。通式(III)中的R1及R2較佳為表示相同的可具有取代基的烷基。另外,通式 (III)中的R1及R2較佳為表示與通式(I)中的R1及R2相同的可具有取代基的烷基。 R 1 and R 2 in the formula (III) each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and have the same meanings as R 1 and R 2 in the formula (I), and the preferred range is also the same. R 1 and R 2 in the formula (III) are preferably an alkyl group which may have the same substituent. Further, R 1 and R 2 in the formula (III) are preferably an alkyl group which may have the same substituent as R 1 and R 2 in the formula (I).

m表示1~6的整數,較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。m較佳為表示與通式(I)中的m相同的整數。 m represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3. m preferably represents the same integer as m in the formula (I).

以下示出本發明中所用的鹼性色素衍生物的具體例,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the basic dye derivative used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化14] [Chemistry 14]

[化15] [化15]

[化17] [化17]

[化19] [Chemistry 19]

[化24] [Chem. 24]

[化26] [Chem. 26]

-(B-2)通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物- - (B-2) a pigment derivative represented by the formula (II) -

通式(II) General formula (II)

(通式(II)中,Dye表示可具有取代基的喹酞酮殘基,X1表示-NR'SO2-、-SO2NR'-、-CONR'-、-CH2NR'COCH2NR'-或-NR'CO-,X2表示可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基或可具有取代基的碳數為4~20的雜芳香環基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-或-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結。X3表示-NR'-或-O-。R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~ 20的芳基。A及B分別表示選自下述通式(1)所表示的基團、下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9、-NR10R11、-Cl、-F及-X3-X2-X1-Dye中的基團,R8表示可經取代的含氮雜環殘基,R9、R10、R11分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,n表示0~20的整數。A及B的任一個為下述通式(1)所表示的基團、下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9或-NR10R11,t表示1~3的整數。於t為2以上的情形時,多個X1、X2、X3、A及B可相同亦可不同) In (Formula (II), Dye represents quinophthalone residue having a substituent, X 1 represents -NR'SO 2 -, - SO 2 NR '-, - CONR' -, - CH 2 NR'COCH 2 NR'- or -NR'CO-, X 2 represents a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups It may also be bonded to each other via a divalent linking group selected from -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 - or -CO-. X 3 represents -NR'- or -O-. R' represents a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. A and B respectively represent a group represented by the following formula (1), a group represented by the following formula (2), -O-(CH 2 ) n -R 8 , -OR 9 , -NR 10 R 11 , a group in -Cl, -F and -X 3 -X 2 -X 1 -Dye, R 8 represents a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic residue which may be substituted, and R 9 , R 10 and R 11 each represent a hydrogen atom; The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and n representing 0 to 20 An integer. Any one of A and B is the following general formula (1) A group represented by the following general formula (2) a group represented by, -O- (CH 2) n -R 8, -OR 9 or -NR 10 R 11, t represents an integer of 1 to 3 at t In the case of 2 or more, a plurality of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , A, and B may be the same or different)

(通式(1)中,Y1表示-NR'-或-O-,Y2表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-、-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結。R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R1及R2 分別表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基。R1與R2亦可成一體而形成雜環結構,該雜環結構亦可更含有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子,亦可具有取代基。 (In the formula (1), Y 1 represents -NR'- or -O-, and Y 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the carbon number which may have a substituent is 2 to 20 An alkenyl group or a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups may also be selected from the group consisting of -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -CO- The valency linking groups are bonded to each other. R' represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent An aryl group of 6 to 20. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R 1 and R 2 The heterocyclic structure may be formed integrally, and the heterocyclic ring structure may further contain a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, or may have a substituent.

通式(2)中,Z1表示連結三嗪環與氮原子的單鍵、-NR'-、-NR'-G-CO-、-NR’-G-CONR”-、-NR'-G-SO2-、-NR'-G-SO2NR"-、-O-G-CO-、-O-G-CONR'-、-O-G-SO2-或-O-G-SO2NR'-,G表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R3、R4、R5及R6分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,R7表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基) In the formula (2), Z 1 represents a single bond linking a triazine ring to a nitrogen atom, -NR'-, -NR'-G-CO-, -NR'-G-CONR"-, -NR'-G -SO 2 -, - NR'-G -SO 2 NR "-, - OG-CO -, - OG-CONR '-, - OG-SO 2 - or -OG-SO 2 NR' -, G represents an The substituent has an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an exoaryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, R' and R "A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or may have a substitution. The carbon number of the group is 6 to 20 aryl groups, and R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent)

通式(II)中,Dye表示可具有取代基的喹酞酮殘基。喹酞酮殘基具體而言是由以下的通式(II-1)所表示。 In the formula (II), Dye represents a quinacridone residue which may have a substituent. The quinophthalone residue is specifically represented by the following formula (II-1).

(通式(II-1)中,D及E分別表示選自氫原子、鹵素原子、 碳數1~20的烷基、與D及E所鍵結的苯環一起形成且可具有取代基的芳香環基或雜環基、羥基、碳數1~3的烷氧基、羧基或其鹽、碳數1~20的酯基、碳數1~20的醯胺基、碸基或其鹽、胺磺醯基、-NR'R"-、硝基中的任一個基團。式中,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數6~20的芳基。p表示0~4的整數,q表示由4-p所算出的整數。*表示與通式(II)中的X1的鍵結部位) (In the formula (II-1), D and E each represent a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a benzene ring bonded to D and E, and may have a substituent. An aromatic ring group or a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a salt thereof, an ester group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a decylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluorenyl group or a salt thereof, Any one of an aminesulfonyl group, a -NR'R"-, and a nitro group. In the formula, R' and R" each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C20 alkyl group which may have a substituent, and may have The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms of the substituent or the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. p represents an integer of 0 to 4, and q represents an integer calculated by 4-p. * represents a general formula The bonding site of X 1 in (II)

D及E分別表示選自氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~20的烷基、與D及E所鍵結的苯環一起形成且可具有取代基的芳香環基或雜環基、羥基、碳數1~3的烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基)、羧基或其鹽、碳數1~20的酯基、碳數1~20的醯胺基、碸基或其鹽、胺磺醯基、-NR'R"-、硝基中的任一個基團。R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數6~20的芳基。 D and E each represent an aromatic ring group or a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group which is selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a benzene ring bonded to D and E, and which may have a substituent. Alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, or propoxy group), carboxyl group or salt thereof, ester group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, decylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or fluorenyl group Or a salt thereof, an aminesulfonyl group, a -NR'R"-, or a nitro group. R' and R" each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a C1-C20 alkyl group which may have a substituent, The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms having a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

碳數1~20的烷基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基等。 The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and an n-octyl group.

芳香環基或雜環基例如可列舉:苯基、萘基、噻吩環基、吡啶環基、吡咯環基等。 Examples of the aromatic ring group or the heterocyclic group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a thiophene ring group, a pyridine ring group, and a pyrrole ring group.

D及E所表示的芳香環基或雜環基、R'及R"所表示的碳數1~20的烷基、碳數2~20的烯基及碳數6~20的芳基亦可具有取 代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The aromatic ring group or heterocyclic group represented by D and E, the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R' and R", the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms may also be used. Have taken The substituent, the substituent may be exemplified by the group described in the item of the substituent.

該些基團中,D及E較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子。 Among these groups, D and E are preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.

p表示0~4的整數,更佳為1~4的整數,進而佳為4。q表示由4-p所算出的整數,具體而言,較佳為0~3的整數,更佳為2~3,進而佳為4。 p represents an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and further preferably 4. q represents an integer calculated by 4-p, and specifically, is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 4.

與通式(II)中的X1的鍵結部位並無特別限制,較佳為喹酞酮殘基中的喹啉骨架的5位或8位為鍵結部位,更佳為8位為鍵結部位。 The bonding site with X 1 in the formula (II) is not particularly limited, and it is preferred that the 5-position or the 8-position of the quinoline skeleton in the quinophthalone residue is a bonding site, and more preferably the 8-position is a bond. Knot part.

通式(II)中,X1表示-NR'SO2-、-SO2NR'-、-CONR'-、-CH2NR'COCH2NR'-或-NR'CO-,較佳為-NR'SO2-。再者,於t為2以上的情形時,多個X1可相同亦可不同。 In the general formula (II), X 1 represents -NR'SO 2 -, - SO 2 NR '-, - CONR' -, - CH 2 NR'COCH 2 NR'- or -NR'CO-, preferably - NR'SO 2 -. Furthermore, when t is 2 or more, a plurality of X 1 may be the same or different.

所述X1中的R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,較佳為氫原子。 R' in the above X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent The 6 to 20 aryl group is preferably a hydrogen atom.

所述碳數為1~20的烷基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基等。 The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and an n-octyl group.

所述碳數2~20的烯基較佳為碳數2~10的烯基,更佳為碳數2~6的烯基。具體可列舉:乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基等。 The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, a pentenyl group, and a hexenyl group.

所述碳數6~20的芳基較佳為碳數6~10的芳基,具體可列舉苯基、萘基、蒽基等。 The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like.

該些基團亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 These groups may also have a substituent, and the substituent may be exemplified by the group described in the item of the substituent.

通式(II)中,X2表示可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基或可具有取代基的碳數為4~20的雜芳香環基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-或-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結(R'與所述X1中的R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同)。再者,於t為2以上的情形時,多個X2可相同亦可不同。 In the formula (II), X 2 represents a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups may also be The divalent linking groups selected from -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 - or -CO- are bonded to each other (R' has the same meaning as R' in the X 1 , and the preferred range is also the same) . Further, when t is 2 or more, a plurality of X 2 may be the same or different.

碳數6~20的伸芳基較佳為碳數6~10的伸芳基,具體可列舉伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基等。 The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracene group.

碳數4~20的雜芳香環基較佳為碳數4~10的雜芳香環基,具體可列舉噻吩環基、吡啶環基、吡咯環基等。 The heteroaromatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably a heteroaromatic ring group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a thiophene ring group, a pyridine ring group, and a pyrrole ring group.

該些基團亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 These groups may also have a substituent, and the substituent may be exemplified by the group described in the item of the substituent.

X3表示-NR'-或-O-,較佳為-NR'-。再者,於t為2以上的情形時,多個X3可相同亦可不同。R'與所述R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 X 3 represents -NR'- or -O-, preferably -NR'-. Further, when t is 2 or more, a plurality of X 3 may be the same or different. R' has the same meaning as the R', and the preferred range is also the same.

A及B分別表示選自下述通式(1)或下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9、-NR10R11、-Cl、-F或-X3-X2-X1-Dye中的基團,A及B的任一個為下述通式(1)或通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9或-NR10R11。其中,A及B均較佳為下述通式(1)或下述通式(2)所表示的基團,更佳為A及B為下述通式(1)或下述通式(2)所表示的基團,且A及B為相同 基團。 A and B respectively represent a group selected from the following general formula (1) or the following general formula (2), -O-(CH 2 ) n -R 8 , -OR 9 , -NR 10 R 11 , a group in -Cl, -F or -X 3 -X 2 -X 1 -Dye, any of A and B being a group represented by the following formula (1) or formula (2), -O -(CH 2 ) n -R 8 , -OR 9 or -NR 10 R 11 . In particular, both A and B are preferably a group represented by the following formula (1) or the following formula (2), and more preferably A and B are the following formula (1) or the following formula ( 2) The group represented, and A and B are the same group.

R8表示可經取代的含氮雜環殘基,具體可列舉吡咯環殘基,吡啶環殘基等。 R 8 represents a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic residue which may be substituted, and specific examples thereof include a pyrrole ring residue, a pyridine ring residue and the like.

R9、R10、R11分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R9、R10、R11與所述R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 9 , R 10 and R 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent It is an aryl group of 6-20. R 9 , R 10 and R 11 have the same meanings as R', and the preferred ranges are also the same.

通式(1) General formula (1)

(通式(1)中,Y1表示-NR'-或-O-,Y2表示可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-、-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結。R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R1、R2分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基(R1與R2亦可成一體而形成雜環結構,該雜環結構亦可更含有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子,亦可具有 取代基)) (In the formula (1), Y 1 represents -NR'- or -O-, and Y 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the carbon number which may have a substituent is 2 to 20 An alkenyl group or a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups may also be selected from the group consisting of -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -CO- The valency linking groups are bonded to each other. R' represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent Is an aryl group of 6 to 20. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (R 1 and R 2 may also be integrated to form a heterocyclic structure, which may further contain a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, or may have a substituent))

Y1表示-NR'-或-O-,較佳為-NR'-。R'與所述R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 Y 1 represents -NR'- or -O-, preferably -NR'-. R' has the same meaning as the R', and the preferred range is also the same.

Y2表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-、-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結(R'與所述R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同)。 Y 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an exoaryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The groups may also be bonded to each other via a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -CO- (R' has the same meaning as the R', preferably The scope is the same).

所述碳數為1~20的伸烷基較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的伸烷基,進而佳為碳數1~3的伸烷基。具體可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基等。伸烷基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. . Specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, and a hexyl group. The alkylene group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

所述碳數為2~20的伸烯基較佳為碳數2~10的伸烯基,更佳為碳數2~6的伸烯基,進而佳為碳數2~3的伸烯基。具體可列舉:伸乙炔基、伸丙烯基、伸丁烯基、伸戊烯基、伸己烯基等。伸烯基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms. . Specific examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a propylene group, a butenyl group, a pentenyl group, and a hexenylene group. The alkenyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

所述碳數為6~20的伸芳基較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基,更佳為碳數6~10的伸芳基。具體可列舉伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基等。伸芳基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The extended aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an extended aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an extended aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a stretching phenyl group, a stretching naphthyl group, and a stretching group. The extended aryl group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be exemplified by the group described in the item of the substituent.

R1、R2分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的 烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基(R1與R2亦可成一體而形成雜環結構,該雜環結構亦可更含有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子,亦可具有取代基)。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (R 1 and R 2 may be integrally formed). The heterocyclic structure may further contain a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and may have a substituent.

所述碳數為1~20的烷基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基等。 The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and an n-octyl group.

所述碳數2~20的烯基較佳為碳數2~10的烯基,更佳為碳數2~6的烯基。具體可列舉:乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基等。 The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, a pentenyl group, and a hexenyl group.

該些基團亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。R1、R2較佳為表示相同的基團。 These groups may also have a substituent, and the substituent may be exemplified by the group described in the item of the substituent. R 1 and R 2 preferably represent the same group.

通式(2) General formula (2)

(通式(2)中,Z1表示連結三嗪環與氮原子的單鍵、-NR'-、-NR'-G-CO-、-NR’-G-CONR”-、-NR'-G-SO2-、-NR'-G-SO2NR"-、-O-G-CO-、-O-G-CONR'-、-O-G-SO2-或-O-G-SO2NR'-,G表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2 ~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R3、R4、R5及R6分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,R7表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基) (In the formula (2), Z 1 represents a single bond linking a triazine ring to a nitrogen atom, -NR'-, -NR'-G-CO-, -NR'-G-CONR"-, -NR'- G-SO 2 -, - NR' -G-SO 2 NR "-, - OG-CO -, - OG-CONR '-, - OG-SO 2 - or -OG-SO 2 NR' -, G represents a substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an exoaryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, R' and R" each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or may have The substituent has an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent)

Z1表示連結三嗪環與氮原子的單鍵、-NR'-、-NR'-G-CO-、-NR’-G-CONR”-、-NR'-G-SO2-、-NR'-G-SO2NR"-、-O-G-CO-、-O-G-CONR'-、-O-G-SO2-或-O-G-SO2NR'-,較佳為單鍵。 Z 1 represents a single bond linking a triazine ring to a nitrogen atom, -NR'-, -NR'-G-CO-, -NR'-G-CONR"-, -NR'-G-SO 2 -, -NR '-G-SO 2 NR "- , - OG-CO -, - OG-CONR' -, - OG-SO 2 - or -OG-SO 2 NR'-, preferably a single bond.

R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R'及R"與通式(1)中的R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 R' and R" each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent of 6 to 6 The aryl group of 20, R' and R" have the same meanings as R' in the formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.

G表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基。G與通式(1)中的Y2為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 G represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an exoaryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. G has the same meaning as Y 2 in the formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.

R3、R4、R5及R6分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基。R3、R4、R5及R6與通式(1)中的R'為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent The carbon number is 6 to 20 aryl groups. R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R' in the formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.

R7表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基。R7與通式(1)中的R1為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R 7 has the same meaning as R 1 in the formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.

通式(II)中的t表示1~3的整數,較佳為1或2,更佳為1。 t in the formula (II) represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.

以下,示出本發明中所用的通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物的具體例,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the dye derivative represented by the formula (II) used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化34] [化34]

[化35] [化35]

[化36] [化36]

相對於酞菁顏料與其他顏料的合計100質量份,本發明的(B)色素衍生物的含量較佳為0.5質量份以上、50質量份以下, 更佳為1質量份以上、25質量份以下。 The content of the (B) dye derivative of the present invention is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the phthalocyanine pigment and the other pigments. More preferably, it is 1 mass part or more and 25 mass parts or less.

色素衍生物於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The pigment derivative may be contained alone or in combination of two or more kinds in the composition of the present invention. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<(C)分散劑>> <<(C) Dispersant>>

本發明的組成物含有(C)分散劑,相對於顏料100質量份,所述分散劑的含量為20質量份~40質量份。於本發明中,即便分散劑的含量少亦可獲得良好的分散物,故具有良好的微影(解析性)、圖案直線性、圖案的同色畫素間的穩定性及亮度不均變優異。相對於酞菁顏料與其他顏料的合計100質量份,本發明的(C)分散劑的含量較佳為22質量份~38質量份,更佳為25質量份~35質量份。 The composition of the present invention contains (C) a dispersant, and the content of the dispersant is from 20 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. In the present invention, even if the content of the dispersant is small, a good dispersion can be obtained, so that it has excellent lithography (analytical properties), pattern linearity, stability between the same color pixels of the pattern, and excellent luminance unevenness. The content of the (C) dispersant of the present invention is preferably from 22 parts by mass to 38 parts by mass, more preferably from 25 parts by mass to 35 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total of the phthalocyanine pigment and the other pigment.

分散劑於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The dispersing agent may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

本發明中可使用的分散劑可列舉:高分子分散劑[例如聚醯胺-胺及其鹽、多羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]、及聚氧伸乙基烷基磷酸酯、聚氧伸乙基烷基胺、烷醇胺等界面活性劑及顏料衍生物等。 The dispersing agent which can be used in the present invention is exemplified by a polymer dispersing agent [for example, polyamine-amine and a salt thereof, a polycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, a modified polyurethane, and a modification. Polyester, modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, fumarate naphthalenesulfonate condensate], and polyoxyalkylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene ethyl Surfactants such as amines and alkanolamines, pigment derivatives, and the like.

高分子分散劑可根據其結構而進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure thereof.

具有對顏料表面的固定(anchor)部位的末端改質型高 分子例如可列舉:日本專利特開平3-112992號公報、日本專利特表2003-533455號公報等中記載的於末端具有磷酸基的高分子,日本專利特開2002-273191號公報等中記載的於末端具有磺酸基的高分子,日本專利特開平9-77994號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的高分子等。另外,日本專利特開2007-277514號公報中記載的於高分子末端導入2個以上的對顏料表面的固定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架或雜環基等)而成的高分子亦分散穩定性優異而較佳。 High end-modification type with an anchor portion to the surface of the pigment For example, the polymer having a phosphate group at the terminal described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2002-273191, and the like. A polymer having a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring of an organic dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-77994, and the like. In addition, two or more fixed sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons of organic dyes, heterocyclic groups, etc.) on the surface of the pigment are introduced into the polymer terminal as described in JP-A-2007-277514. The polymer also has excellent dispersion stability and is preferred.

具有對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子例如可列舉聚酯系分散劑等,具體可列舉:日本專利特開昭54-37082號公報、日本專利特表平8-507960號公報、日本專利特開2009-258668號公報等中記載的聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平9-169821號公報等中記載的聚烯丙基胺與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平10-339949號公報、日本專利特開2004-37986號公報、國際公開手冊WO2010/110491等中記載的巨單體與氮原子單體的共聚物,日本專利特開2003-238837號公報、日本專利特開2008-9426號公報、日本專利特開2008-81732號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的接枝型高分子,日本專利特開2010-106268號公報等中記載的巨單體與含酸基的單體的共聚物等。尤其就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散物的著色感光性樹脂組成物所顯示出的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為日本專利特開2009-203462號公報中記載的具有鹼性基與 酸性基的兩性分散樹脂。 The graft-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment is, for example, a polyester-based dispersant, and the like, and a Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 54-37082, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 8-507960, and Japan The reaction product of a poly(lower alkylene imine) and a polyester described in JP-A-2009-258668, and the like, and polyallylamine and polyester described in JP-A-9-169821. a copolymer of a macromonomer and a nitrogen atom monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-339949, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. 2004-37986, and International Publication No. WO2010/110491, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003 A graft-type polymer having a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring of an organic dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2008-81732, and the like. A copolymer of a macromonomer and an acid group-containing monomer described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 106268 or the like. In particular, in view of the dispersibility of the pigment dispersion, the dispersion stability, and the developability exhibited by the colored photosensitive resin composition using the pigment dispersion, it is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-203462. Alkaline base An acidic amphoteric dispersion resin.

藉由自由基聚合來製造具有對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子時所用的巨單體可使用公知的巨單體,可列舉:東亞合成(股)製造的巨單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚丙烯酸丁酯)、大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股)製造的普拉克賽爾(Placcel)FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成品)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成品)、及日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系巨單體等。該些單體中,尤其就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性及使用顏料分散物的著色感光性樹脂組成物所顯示出的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為柔軟性且親溶劑性優異的聚酯系巨單體,進而,最佳為日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系巨單體所表示的聚酯系巨單體。 A known macromonomer can be used as the macromonomer used for the production of the graft-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment by radical polymerization, and examples thereof include a macromonomer AA-6 manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd. (polymethyl methacrylate with terminal group being methacryl fluorenyl), AS-6 (polystyrene with terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl), AN-6S (benzene with terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl) Copolymer of ethylene and acrylonitrile), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate of methacryl fluorenyl group), Placcel FM5 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ε-caprolactone 5 molar equivalent plus finished product), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ε-caprolactone 10 molar equivalent plus finished product), and Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2- The polyester-based macromonomer described in the publication No. 272009. Among these monomers, in particular, from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the pigment dispersion, dispersion stability, and developability exhibited by the colored photosensitive resin composition using the pigment dispersion, it is particularly preferable that it is soft and solvophilic. The polyester-based macromonomer which is excellent in the polyester-based macromonomer described in JP-A No. 2-272009.

具有對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子較佳為日本專利特開2003-49110號公報、日本專利特開2009-52010號公報等中記載的嵌段型高分子。 The block type polymer which has a fixed part to the surface of the pigment is preferably a block type polymer described in JP-A-2003-49110, JP-A-2009-52010, and the like.

本發明中可使用的分散劑亦可作為市售品而獲取,此種具體例可列舉:楠木化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」;畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺-胺磷酸鹽),迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-107(羧酸酯), 迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-110(含酸基的共聚物),迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-130(聚醯胺),迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-161、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-162、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-163、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-164、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-165、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-166、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-170(高分子共聚物)」,「畢克(BYK)-P104、畢克(BYK)P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)」;埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)4047、埃夫卡(EFKA)4050~埃夫卡(EFKA)4010~埃夫卡(EFKA)4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系),埃夫卡(EFKA)4330~埃夫卡(EFKA)4340(嵌段共聚物),埃夫卡(EFKA)4400~埃夫卡(EFKA)4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯),埃夫卡(EFKA)5010(聚酯醯胺),埃夫卡(EFKA)5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽),埃夫卡(EFKA)6220(脂肪酸聚酯),埃夫卡(EFKA)6745(酞菁衍生物),埃夫卡(EFKA)6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」;味之素精密技術(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB822、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB880、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB881」;共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Flowlen)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)」、「波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」;楠本化成公司製造的「迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)KS-860、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)873SN、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)874、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸),迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)#7004(聚醚酯),迪斯帕隆 (Disperlon)DA-703-50、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)DA-705、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)DA-725」;花王公司製造的「德莫耳(Demol)RN、德莫耳(Demol)N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物),德莫耳(Demol)MS、德莫耳(Demol)C、德莫耳(Demol)SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、「火莫格諾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸)」、「愛慕根(Emulgen)920、愛慕根(Emulgen)930、愛慕根(Emulgen)935、愛慕根(Emulgen)985(聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚)」、「阿塞他命(Acetamine)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」;日本路博潤(Lubrizol Japan)(股)製造的「索努帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞菁衍生物),索努帕斯(Solsperse)22000(偶氮顏料衍生物),索努帕斯(Solsperse)13240(聚酯胺),索努帕斯(Solsperse)3000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)17000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)27000(於末端部具有功能部的高分子),索努帕斯(Solsperse)24000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)28000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)32000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)38500(接枝型高分子)」;日光化學公司製造的「尼克爾(Nikkol)T106(聚氧伸乙基山梨醇酐單油酸酯),尼克爾(Nikkol)MYS-IEX(聚氧伸乙基單硬脂酸酯)」;川研精化(股)製造的海諾特(Hinoact)T-8000E等;信越化學工業(股)製造的有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341;裕商(股)製造的「W001:陽離子系界面活性劑」,聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪 酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑,「W004、W005、W017」等陰離子系界面活性劑;森下產業(股)製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)-46、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47EA、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物100、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物400、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物401、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物450」;聖諾普科(Sannopco)(股)製造的「迪斯帕艾德(Disperse-aid)6、迪斯帕艾德(Disperse-aid)8、迪斯帕艾德(Disperse-aid)15、迪斯帕艾德(Disperse-aid)9100」等高分子分散劑;艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造的「艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F38、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L42、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L44、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L61、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L64、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F68、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L72、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P95、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F77、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P84、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F87、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P94、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L101、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P103、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F108、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L121、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P-123」;及三洋化成(股)製造的「伊奧奈特(Ionet)(商品名)S-20」等。 The dispersing agent which can be used in the present invention can also be obtained as a commercially available product, and specific examples thereof include "DA-7301" manufactured by Nanmu Chemical Co., Ltd.; "Diss manufactured by BYK Chemie" Disperbyk-101 (polyamine-amine phosphate), Disperbyk-107 (carboxylate), Disperbyk-110 (acid-containing copolymer), Disperbyk-130 (polyamide), Disperbyk-161, Dispabbi Disperbyk-162, Disperbyk-163, Disperbyk-164, Disperbyk-165, Disperbyk-166 , Disperbyk-170 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, BYK P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)"; EFKA EFKA 4047, EFKA 4050~EFKA 4010~Efka 4165 (polyurethane), Evka (made by the company) EFKA) 4330~Evka (EFKA) 4340 (block copolymer), Efka (EFKA) 4400~Evka (EFKA) 4402 (modified polyacrylate), Efka (EFKA) 5010 (polymerized) Esteramide), Efka (EFKA) 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), Efka (EFKA) 6220 (fatty acid polyester), Efka (EFKA) 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), Eve Card (EFKA) 6750 (azo pigment derivative)"; Ajisper PB821, Aji by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Ajisper PB822, Ajisper PB880, Ajisper PB881"; Flowlen TG-710 (urethane oligosaccharide) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. "Polymer", "Polyflow No. 50E, Polyflow No. 300 (acrylic copolymer)"; "Disperlon KS" manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd. 860, Disperlon 873SN, Disperlon 874, Disperlon #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), Disperlon #7004 (polyether ester) ), Disparon (Disperlon) DA-703-50, Disperlon DA-705, Disperlon DA-725"; Demol RN, Demol (made by Kao) N) (formalin desulfonate polycondensate), Demol MS, Demol C, Demol SN-B (aromatic sulfonate polycondensate), Fire Momogenol L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid), "Emulgen 920, Emulgen 930, Emulgen 935, Emulgen 985 (polyoxygen) "Ethyl decyl phenyl ether", "Acetamine 86 (stearylamine acetate)"; "Sonupas (made by Lubrizol Japan) Solsperse) 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), Solsperse 22000 (azo pigment derivative), Solsperse 13240 (polyesteramine), Solsperse 3000, cable Solsperse 17000, Solsperse 27000 (polymer with functional part at the end), Solsperse 24000, Solsperse 28000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 32000, Solsperse 38500 (grafted polymer) "Nikkol T106 (polyoxyethylene ethyl sorbitan monooleate) manufactured by Nikko Chemical Co., Ltd., Nikkol MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylidene monostearate)"; Hinoact T-8000E manufactured by Chuanyan Refinery Co., Ltd.; organic siloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; "W001: Cationic interface activity" manufactured by Yushang Co., Ltd. Agent, polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene decyl benzene Ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fat Non-ionic surfactants such as acid esters, anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, W017"; "EFKA-46" and EFKA-47 manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd. EFKA-47EA, Efka (EFKA) polymer 100, Efka (EFKA) polymer 400, Efka (EFKA) polymer 401, Efka (EFKA) polymer 450"; Disperse-aid 6, Disperse-aid 8, Disperse-aid 15, made by Sannopco A polymer dispersant such as Disperse-aid 9100; Adeka Pluronic L31 and Adeka Pluronic F38 made by ADEKA , Adeka Pluronic L42, Adeka Pluronic L44, Adeka Pluronic L61, Adeka Pluronic L64, Eddie Pronick (Adeka Pluronic) F68, Adeka Pluronic L72, Adeka Pluronic P95, Adeka Pluronic F77, Adi Copronik (Ade Ka Pluronic) P84, Adeka Pluronic F87, Adeka Pluronic P94, Adeka Pluronic L101, Adeka Pluronic P103, Ai Adeka Pluronic F108, Adeka Pluronic L121, Adeka Pluronic P-123"; and Ionet manufactured by Sanyo Chemicals Co., Ltd. ) (trade name) S-20" and so on.

該些分散劑可單獨使用,亦可組合使用兩種以上。 These dispersing agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

本發明中,特佳為將顏料衍生物與高分子分散劑組合使用。另外,關於顏料分散劑,亦可與所述具有對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子一起而併用鹼可溶性樹脂。鹼可溶性樹脂可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物等、以及於側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物。另外,亦較佳為日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體共聚物、日本專利特開2004-300204號公報中記載的醚二聚物共聚物、日本專利特開平7-319161號公報中記載的含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use a pigment derivative in combination with a polymer dispersant. Further, the pigment dispersant may be used together with the terminal-modified polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer, or a block-type polymer, together with an alkali-soluble resin. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include a (meth)acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a butenoic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, and the like, and a carboxylic acid in a side chain. An acidic cellulose derivative, particularly preferably a (meth)acrylic copolymer. In addition, the N-substituted maleimide monomer copolymer described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-300922, and the ether dimer copolymer described in JP-A-2004-300204, An alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7-319161.

另外,亦較佳為使用具有以下結構的分散劑。 Further, it is also preferred to use a dispersant having the following structure.

(所述中,a為2.0,b為4.0,酸值為10mgKOH/g,Mw為20000。另外,a及b分別表示括弧內所表示的部分結構的個數,滿足a+b=6) (In the above, a is 2.0, b is 4.0, acid value is 10 mgKOH/g, and Mw is 20000. In addition, a and b respectively represent the number of partial structures represented in parentheses, satisfying a+b=6)

本發明中,(C)分散劑特佳為使用使於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的該羥基與三羧酸酐或四羧酸二酐反應而成的分 散劑。以下,對使於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的該羥基與三羧酸酐或四羧酸二酐反應而成的分散劑加以說明。藉由使用此種化合物,與(B)顏料衍生物所具有的雜環之間的吸附力提高,更有效地發揮本發明的效果。 In the present invention, the (C) dispersant is particularly preferably a component obtained by reacting the hydroxyl group of a vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal with a tricarboxylic anhydride or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Powder. Hereinafter, a dispersant obtained by reacting the hydroxyl group of a vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal with a tricarboxylic anhydride or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride will be described. By using such a compound, the adsorption force between the (B) and the heterocyclic ring of the pigment derivative is improved, and the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited.

-於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物- - a vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at one end -

於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物較佳為下述通式(1)所表示的聚合物。通式(1)所表示的聚合物為使乙烯性不飽和單體聚合而成的乙烯系聚合物。 The vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal is preferably a polymer represented by the following formula (1). The polymer represented by the formula (1) is a vinyl polymer obtained by polymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.

通式(1) General formula (1)

(通式(1)中,Y2表示乙烯基聚合物的聚合停止基,Z2表示-OH或R28(OH)2,R28表示碳數1~18的三價烴基,R21及R22分別表示氫原子或甲基,R23及R24的任一個表示氫原子,另一個表示芳香族基或-C(=O)-X6-R25(其中,X6表示-O-或-N(R26)-,R25及R26分別表示氫原子或碳數1~18的直鏈狀或分支狀的可具有芳香族基作為取代基的烷基),X4表示單鍵、-O-R27-或S-R27-,R27表示碳數1~18的直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基,n表示2~50的整數) (In the formula (1), Y 2 represents a polymerization stop group of a vinyl polymer, Z 2 represents -OH or R 28 (OH) 2 , and R 28 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 21 and R 22 denotes a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, respectively, and any of R 23 and R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, and the other represents an aromatic group or -C(=O)-X 6 -R 25 (wherein, X 6 represents -O- or -N(R 26 )-, and R 25 and R 26 each represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an aromatic group as a substituent, and X 4 represents a single bond. -OR 27 - or SR 27 -, R 27 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 2 to 50)

Y2表示乙烯基聚合物的聚合停止基,為於利用通常的方法來實施通常的乙烯性不飽和單體的聚合的情形時所導入的任意的公知聚合停止基。例如可為來源於聚合起始劑的基團、來源於鏈轉移劑的基團、來源於溶劑的基團或來源於乙烯性不飽和單體的基團。即便Y2具有該等的任一化學結構,本發明的分散劑亦不受聚合停止基Y2的影響而可發揮其效果。聚合停止基可列舉羧酸殘基、醇殘基等,較佳為羧酸殘基。 Y 2 represents a polymerization stop group of a vinyl polymer, and is any known polymerization stop group introduced when a normal ethylenically unsaturated monomer is polymerized by a usual method. For example, it may be a group derived from a polymerization initiator, a group derived from a chain transfer agent, a group derived from a solvent, or a group derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. Even if Y 2 has any of these chemical structures, the dispersing agent of the present invention can exert its effects without being affected by the polymerization stopping group Y 2 . The polymerization stop group may, for example, be a carboxylic acid residue or an alcohol residue, and is preferably a carboxylic acid residue.

Z2表示-OH或R28(OH)2,較佳為-OH。 Z 2 represents -OH or R 28 (OH) 2 , preferably -OH.

R28表示碳數1~18的三價烴基。R28較佳為碳數1~18的三價烴基,更佳為碳數1~10的三價烴基,進而佳為碳數1~6的三價烴基。三價烴基可列舉:自甲烷、乙烷、丙烷、2-甲基丙烷、丁烷、環庚烷及環己烷等碳數1~18的飽和烴分子中去掉3個氫原子而形成的烷烴三基,自苯、萘、蒽、稠四苯(tetracene)、聯苯、苊、萉、芘及吡啶等碳數6~18的芳香族烴分子中去掉3個氫原子而形成的基團等,較佳為自苯中去掉3個氫原子而形成的基團。 R 28 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. R 28 is preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a trivalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The trivalent hydrocarbon group may be an alkane formed by removing three hydrogen atoms from a saturated hydrocarbon molecule having 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as methane, ethane, propane, 2-methylpropane, butane, cycloheptane and cyclohexane. a group formed by removing three hydrogen atoms from an aromatic hydrocarbon molecule having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, tetracene, biphenyl, anthracene, anthracene, pyrene, and pyridine. Preferably, it is a group formed by removing three hydrogen atoms from benzene.

R21及R22分別表示氫原子或甲基,較佳為氫原子。 R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and preferably a hydrogen atom.

R23及R24的任一個表示氫原子,另一個表示芳香族基或-C(=O)-X6-R25(其中,X6表示-O-或-N(R26)-)。芳香族基較佳為碳數6~20的芳香族基,更佳為碳數6~14的芳香族基,進而佳為碳數6~10的芳香族基。具體可列舉苯基、萘基、蒽基等。 Any one of R 23 and R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, and the other represents an aromatic group or -C(=O)-X 6 -R 25 (wherein, X 6 represents -O- or -N(R 26 )-). The aromatic group is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group and the like

X6表示-O-或-N(R26)-,R25及R26分別表示氫原子或者碳數1 ~18的直鏈狀或分支狀且可具有芳香族基作為取代基的烷基。碳數1~18的直鏈狀或分支狀烷基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基等。所述烷基所具有的作為取代基的芳香族基較佳為碳數6~20的芳香族基,更佳為碳數6~14的芳香族基,進而佳為碳數6~10的芳香族基。具體可列舉苯基、萘基、蒽基等。 X 6 represents -O- or -N(R 26 )-, and R 25 and R 26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a linear or branched carbon number of 1 to 18 and having an aromatic group as a substituent. The linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and an n-octyl group. The aromatic group which is a substituent of the alkyl group is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Family base. Specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group and the like

X4表示單鍵、-O-R27-或S-R27-,較佳為S-R27-。 X 4 represents a single bond, -OR 27 - or SR 27 -, preferably SR 27 -.

R27表示碳數1~18的直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基。碳數1~18的伸烷基較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的伸烷基。具體可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸異丙基、伸丁基、伸異丁基、伸戊基、伸己基等。 R 27 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. The alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentyl group, and a hexyl group.

n表示2~50的整數,較佳為2~40的整數,更佳為2~30的整數。 n represents an integer of 2 to 50, preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 30.

所述通式(1)所表示的聚合物的重複單元的部分、即{-[C(R21)(R23)-C(R22)(R24)]n-}可為包含彼此相同者的(均聚物),亦可為包含不同者的(共聚物)。所述通式(1)所表示的聚合物的較佳形態為以下情形:R21及R22的任一個為氫原子,另一個為氫原子或甲基,R23及R24的任一個為氫原子,另一個為-C(=O)-O-R29(R29為碳原子數1~8的直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基且可具有芳香族基作為取代基),-X4-Z2為-S-CH2CH2-OH或-S-CH2CH(OH)CH2-OH。 The portion of the repeating unit of the polymer represented by the general formula (1), that is, {-[C(R 21 )(R 23 )-C(R 22 )(R 24 )] n -} may be the same as each other The (homopolymer) may also be a (copolymer) containing different ones. A preferred embodiment of the polymer represented by the above formula (1) is a case where either one of R 21 and R 22 is a hydrogen atom, the other is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and any of R 23 and R 24 is a hydrogen atom and the other is -C(=O)-OR 29 (R 29 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and may have an aromatic group as a substituent), -X 4 - Z 2 is -S-CH 2 CH 2 -OH or -S-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -OH.

所述通式(1)所表示的聚合物的製造方法可參考日本專利第5117913號(日本專利特開2009-251481號公報)的段落0044~段落0060的記載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The method for producing the polymer represented by the above formula (1) can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0044 to 0060 of Japanese Patent No. 5117913 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-251481), the contents of which are incorporated herein. in.

-三羧酸酐或四羧酸二酐- - Tricarboxylic anhydride or tetracarboxylic dianhydride -

三羧酸酐首先可列舉脂肪族三羧酸酐或芳香族三羧酸酐。 The tricarboxylic acid anhydride may first be an aliphatic tricarboxylic anhydride or an aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride.

脂肪族三羧酸酐例如可列舉:3-羧基甲基戊二酸酐、1,2,4-丁烷三羧酸-1,2-酐、順式-丙烯-1,2,3-三羧酸-1,2-酐、1,3,4-環戊烷三羧酸酐等。 Examples of the aliphatic tricarboxylic anhydride include 3-carboxymethylglutaric anhydride, 1,2,4-butanetricarboxylic acid-1,2-anhydride, and cis-propylene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid. -1,2-anhydride, 1,3,4-cyclopentanetricarboxylic anhydride, and the like.

芳香族三羧酸酐例如可列舉:苯三羧酸酐(1,2,3-苯三羧酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐(1,2,4-苯三羧酸酐)等)、萘三羧酸酐(1,2,4-萘三羧酸酐、1,4,5-萘三羧酸酐、2,3,6-萘三羧酸酐、1,2,8-萘三羧酸酐等)、3,4,4'-二苯甲酮三羧酸酐、3,4,4'-聯苯醚三羧酸酐、3,4,4'-聯苯三羧酸酐、2,3,2'-聯苯三羧酸酐、3,4,4'-聯苯甲烷三羧酸酐、3,4,4'-聯苯碸三羧酸酐等。 Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride include benzenetricarboxylic anhydride (1,2,3-benzenetricarboxylic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride (1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic anhydride), etc.), and naphthalene tricarboxylic anhydride (1). , 2,4-naphthalenetricarboxylic anhydride, 1,4,5-naphthalenetricarboxylic anhydride, 2,3,6-naphthalenetricarboxylic anhydride, 1,2,8-naphthalenetricarboxylic anhydride, etc.), 3,4,4 '-benzophenone tricarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,4'-diphenyl ether tricarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenyl tricarboxylic anhydride, 2,3,2'-biphenyl tricarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenylmethanetricarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenylfluorene tricarboxylic anhydride, and the like.

於使用三羧酸酐的情形時,所述中較佳為芳香族三羧酸酐。 In the case of using a tricarboxylic anhydride, the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride is preferred.

四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:脂肪族四羧酸二酐、芳香族四羧酸二酐或多環式四羧酸二酐。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and polycyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

脂肪族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、2,3,5,6-四羧基環己烷二酐、2,3,5,6-四羧基降冰片烷二酐、3,5,6- 三羧基降冰片烷-2-乙酸二酐、2,3,4,5-四氫呋喃四羧酸二酐、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃亞甲基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸二酐、雙環[2,2,2]-辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐等。 Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 1,3-dimethyl 1,2-,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride , 2,3,5,6-tetracarboxycyclohexane dianhydride, 2,3,5,6-tetracarboxynorbornane dianhydride, 3,5,6- Tricarboxynorbornane-2-acetic acid dianhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuranmethylidene)-3-methyl-3- Cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo[2,2,2]-oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like.

芳香族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:均苯四甲酸二酐、乙二醇二偏苯三甲酸酐酯、丙二醇二偏苯三甲酸酐酯、丁二醇二偏苯三甲酸酐酯、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯碸四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯碸四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯醚四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二甲基二苯基矽烷四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-四苯基矽烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-呋喃四羧酸二酐、4,4'-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基硫醚二酐、4,4'-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基碸二酐、4,4'-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基丙烷二酐、3,3',4,4'-全氟亞異丙基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、雙(鄰苯二甲酸)苯基膦氧化物二酐、對伸苯基-雙(三苯基鄰苯二甲酸)二酐、間伸苯基-雙(三苯基鄰苯二甲酸)二酐、雙(三苯基鄰苯二甲酸)-4,4'-二苯基醚二酐、雙(三苯基鄰苯二甲酸)-4,4'-二苯基甲烷二酐、9,9-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)茀二酐、9,9-雙[4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基]茀二酐等。 Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol trimellitic anhydride, propylene glycol trimellitic anhydride, butanediol trimellitic anhydride, and 3, 3'. , 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl fluorene Carboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenylfluorene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid Acid dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-dimethyldiphenylnonane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3' , 4,4'-tetraphenylnonanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-furan tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenyl Thioether dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenylphosphonium dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenyl Propane dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-perfluoroisopropylidenediphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, bis(o-benzene) Dicarboxylic acid) phenylphosphine oxide dianhydride, p-phenylene-bis(triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, meta-phenyl-bis(triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, double (three Phenylphthalic acid)-4,4'-diphenyl ether Dihydride, bis(triphenylphthalic acid)-4,4'-diphenylmethane dianhydride, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ruthenic anhydride, 9,9-double [4-(3,4-Dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]phthalic anhydride or the like.

多環式四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:3,4-二羧基-1,2,3,4-四氫-1-萘琥珀酸二酐、3,4-二羧基-1,2,3,4-四氫-6-甲基-1-萘琥珀酸二酐等。 Examples of the polycyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride and 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3. , 4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride, and the like.

於使用四羧酸二酐的情形時,所述中較佳為芳香族四羧 酸二酐。 In the case of using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid is preferred. Acid dianhydride.

本發明中使用的三羧酸酐或四羧酸二酐不限於所述例示的化合物,可採用任意結構。該些化合物可單獨使用,亦可併用。就顏料分散體或各種油墨的低黏度化的觀點而言,本發明中可較佳地使用芳香族三羧酸酐或芳香族四羧酸二酐。進而較佳為均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、9,9-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)茀二酸酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、乙二醇二偏苯三甲酸酐酯、偏苯三甲酸酐。 The tricarboxylic anhydride or tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the present invention is not limited to the above-exemplified compounds, and any structure may be employed. These compounds may be used singly or in combination. From the viewpoint of the low viscosity of the pigment dispersion or various inks, an aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride or an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be preferably used in the present invention. Further preferred are pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)sebacic anhydride, 2, 3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylene glycol trimellitic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride.

繼而,對使於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的該羥基與芳香族三羧酸酐的酸酐基反應的步驟加以說明。 Next, a step of reacting the hydroxyl group of the vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal with an acid anhydride group of an aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride will be described.

於將於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的該羥基的莫耳數設定為<H>、芳香族三羧酸酐的羧酸酐基的莫耳數設定為<N>時,反應比率較佳為0.3≦<H>/<N>≦3,進而佳為0.5≦<H>/<N>≦2的情形。 When the number of moles of the hydroxyl group of the vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal is set to <H>, and the number of moles of the carboxylic anhydride group of the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride is set to <N>, the reaction ratio is preferably 0.3≦<H>/<N>≦3, and further preferably 0.5≦<H>/<N>≦2.

於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物與芳香族三羧酸酐的反應中亦可使用觸媒。 A catalyst may also be used in the reaction of the ethylene-based polymer having a hydroxyl group at the single terminal and the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride.

觸媒例如可使用三級胺系化合物,可列舉:三乙胺、三乙二胺、N,N-二甲基苄基胺、N-甲基嗎啉、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯及1,5-二氮雜雙環-[4.3.0]-5-壬烯等。 As the catalyst, for example, a tertiary amine compound can be used, and examples thereof include triethylamine, triethylenediamine, N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, N-methylmorpholine, and 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0]-7-undecene and 1,5-diazabicyclo-[4.3.0]-5-decene.

於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的該羥基與芳香族三羧酸酐的酸酐基的反應可於無溶劑條件下進行,亦可使用適當的脫水有機溶劑。反應中使用的溶劑可於反應結束後藉由蒸餾等 操作來去除,或者直接作為分散劑的產品的一部分而使用。所使用的溶劑並無特別限定,可使用乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲苯、二甲苯、丙酮、己烷、甲基乙基酮、環己酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯及二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等。該些溶劑亦可混合使用兩種以上。 The reaction of the hydroxyl group of the ethylene-based polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal with the acid anhydride group of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride can be carried out without a solvent, and a suitable dehydrated organic solvent can also be used. The solvent used in the reaction can be distilled, etc. after the reaction is completed. Used to remove, or used directly as part of a dispersant product. The solvent to be used is not particularly limited, and ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, hexane, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether B can be used. Acid ester, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate Ester and the like. These solvents may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

關於在單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的該羥基與芳香族三羧酸酐的酸酐基的反應溫度,於較佳為50℃~180℃、更佳為60℃~160℃的範圍內進行反應。若反應溫度小於50℃則反應速度慢,若超過180℃則有時反應而開環的酸酐再次生成環狀酐,反應難以結束。 The reaction temperature of the hydroxyl group of the ethylene-based polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal and the acid anhydride group of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride is preferably in the range of from 50 ° C to 180 ° C, more preferably from 60 ° C to 160 ° C. . When the reaction temperature is less than 50 ° C, the reaction rate is slow, and if it exceeds 180 ° C, the reaction may be carried out, and the ring-opened acid anhydride may again form a cyclic anhydride, and the reaction may not be completed.

<(D)光聚合起始劑> <(D) Photopolymerization initiator>

就進一步提高感度的觀點而言,本發明的組成物含有光聚合起始劑。 The composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator in terms of further improving the sensitivity.

所述光聚合起始劑只要具有引發後述聚合性化合物的聚合的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如較佳為對紫外線範圍至可見光線具有感光性者。另外,亦可為與經光激發的增感劑發生某些作用而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為根據單體的種類而引發陽離子聚合般的起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound described later, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred to have a sensitivity to ultraviolet light to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by some action with a photo-excited sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization depending on the kind of the monomer.

另外,所述光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種於約300nm~800nm(更佳為330nm~500nm)的範圍內具有至少約50的分子吸光係數的化合物。 Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm, more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm.

所述光聚合起始劑例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、氧化醯基膦(acyl phosphine oxide)等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton, a oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), a decylphosphine oxide such as acyl phosphine oxide, or a hexaaryl group. An anthracene compound such as a biimidazole or an anthracene derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的組群中的化合物。 Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzoin dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, and a mercaptophosphine. Compound, phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triaryl imidazole dimer, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and derivative thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene- A compound of the group consisting of an iron complex and a salt thereof, a halogenated methyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound.

進而佳為三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,特佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物。另外,三芳基咪唑化合物亦可為與苯并咪唑的混合物。 Further preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, mercaptophosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, ruthenium compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, triarylimidazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds, ruthenium compounds a benzophenone compound or an acetophenone compound, particularly preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-amino ketone compound, a hydrazine compound, a triaryl imidazole compound, a benzophenone compound, and a triaryl imidazole. At least one compound of the group consisting of a compound and a benzimidazole compound. Further, the triarylimidazole compound may also be a mixture with benzimidazole.

具體而言,三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物可例示以下化合物。再者,Ph為苯基。 Specifically, the trihalomethyltriazine compound can be exemplified by the following compounds. Further, Ph is a phenyl group.

[化39] [39]

三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物可例示以下化合物。 The triaryl imidazole compound and the benzimidazole compound can be exemplified by the following compounds.

三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物亦可使用市售品,例如亦可使用TAZ-107(綠(midori)化學公司製造)。 A commercially available product can also be used as the trihalomethyltriazine compound, and for example, TAZ-107 (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.

尤其於將本發明的組成物用於製作固體攝像元件所具備的彩色濾光片的情形時,必須以尖銳(sharp)的形狀形成微細的圖案,因此重要的是硬化性與於未曝光部中無殘渣地進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,光聚合起始劑特佳為使用肟化合物。尤其於固體攝像元件中形成微細圖案的情形時,於硬化用曝光時使用步進式曝光,但有時該曝光機因鹵素而受到損傷,亦必須將光聚合起始劑的添加量抑制得低,故若考慮到該些方面,則特佳為於形成如固 體攝像元件般的微細圖案時,使用肟化合物作為(D)光聚合起始劑。 In particular, when the composition of the present invention is used for producing a color filter provided in a solid-state image sensor, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape. Therefore, it is important that the hardenability is in the unexposed portion. Development was carried out without residue. From this point of view, the photopolymerization initiator is particularly preferably a ruthenium compound. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, stepwise exposure is used for exposure for curing, but the exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to suppress the addition amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be low. Therefore, if these aspects are taken into consideration, it is particularly good to form a solid In the case of a fine pattern like a bulk image sensor, a ruthenium compound is used as the (D) photopolymerization initiator.

所述具有三嗪骨架的鹵化烴衍生物例如可列舉:若林等人著的「日本化學會公報(Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan)」(42,2924(1969))中記載的化合物、英國專利第1388492號說明書中記載的化合物、日本專利特開昭53-133428號公報中記載的化合物、德國專利第3337024號說明書中記載的化合物、F.C.謝佛(F.C.Schaefer)等的「有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)」(29,1527(1964))中記載的化合物、日本專利特開昭62-58241號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開平5-281728號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開平5-34920號公報中記載的化合物、美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的化合物等。 Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbon derivative having a triazine skeleton include a compound described in "Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan" (42, 2924 (1969)), and a British patent. The compound described in the specification of Japanese Patent No. 1388492, the compound described in JP-A-53-133428, the compound described in the specification of German Patent No. 3337024, and the "organic chemistry journal of FC Schaefer (FC Schaefer), etc. The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 5-34920, and the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976.

所述美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的化合物例如可列舉具有噁二唑骨架的化合物(例如,2-三氯甲基-5-苯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-氯苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(1-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(2-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三溴甲基-5-苯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三溴甲基-5-(2-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑;2-三氯甲基-5-苯乙烯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-氯苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-正丁氧基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三溴甲基-5-苯乙烯基-1,3,4-噁二唑等)等。 The compound described in the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976 is exemplified by a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton (for example, 2-trichloromethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-three Chloromethyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(1-naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2-naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2- Tribromomethyl-5-(2-naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole; 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tri Chloromethyl-5-(4-chlorostyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(4-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4 -oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(4-n-butoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-styryl-1 , 3,4-oxadiazole, etc.).

另外,所述以外的光聚合起始劑可列舉:吖啶衍生物(例 如9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙(9,9'-吖啶基)庚烷等)、N-苯基甘胺酸等、多鹵素(polyhalogen)化合物(例如四溴化碳、苯基三溴甲基碸、苯基三氯甲基酮等)、香豆素類(例如3-(2-苯并呋喃氧基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(2-苯并糠醯基)-7-(1-吡咯啶基)香豆素、3-苯甲醯基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3,3'-羰基雙(5,7-二-正丙氧基香豆素)、3,3'-羰基雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、3-苯甲醯基-7-甲氧基香豆素、3-(2-糠醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(4-二乙基胺基肉桂醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、7-甲氧基-3-(3-吡啶基羰基)香豆素、3-苯甲醯基-5,7-二丙氧基香豆素、7-苯并三唑-2-基香豆素,另外,日本專利特開平5-19475號公報、日本專利特開平7-271028號公報、日本專利特開2002-363206號公報、日本專利特開2002-363207號公報、日本專利特開2002-363208號公報、日本專利特開2002-363209號公報等中記載的香豆素化合物等),氧化醯基膦類(例如雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基膦氧化物、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-2,4,4-三甲基-戊基苯基膦氧化物、路西林(Lucirin)TPO等)、茂金屬類(例如雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)-雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)-苯基)鈦、η5-環戊二烯基-η6-枯烯基-鐵(1+)-六氟磷酸鹽(1-)等),日本專利特開昭53-133428號公報、日本專利特公昭57-1819號公報、日本專利特公昭57-6096號公報及美國專利第3615455號說明書中記載的化合物等。 Further, examples of the photopolymerization initiator other than the above may be exemplified by an acridine derivative (example) Such as 9-phenyl acridine, 1,7-bis (9,9'-acridinyl) heptane, etc., N-phenylglycine, etc., polyhalogen compounds (such as carbon tetrabromide, Phenyl tribromomethyl hydrazine, phenyl trichloromethyl ketone, etc.), coumarins (eg 3-(2-benzofuranyloxy)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-( 2-benzopyryl)-7-(1-pyrrolidinyl)coumarin, 3-benzylidene-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-(2-methoxybenzoate Mercapto)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-(4-dimethylaminobenzimidyl)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 3,3'-carbonyl bis ( 5,7-di-n-propoxycoumarin), 3,3'-carbonylbis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-benzylidene-7-methoxycoumarin , 3-(2-indolyl)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-(4-diethylaminocinnamino)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 7- Methoxy-3-(3-pyridylcarbonyl)coumarin, 3-benzylidene-5,7-dipropoxycoumarin, 7-benzotriazol-2-ylcoumarin, In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-19475, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-271028, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-363206, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-363207 Japanese Patent Publication No. 2002-363208, coumarin compounds and the like described in JP-A-2002-363209, etc., phosphinylphosphines (for example, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzene) Mercapto)-phenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzylidene)-2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphenylphosphine oxide, Lucirin TPO, etc.), metallocenes (eg bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-phenyl Titanium, η5-cyclopentadienyl-η6- cumenyl-iron (1+)-hexafluorophosphate (1-), etc., Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 53-133428, Japanese Patent No. Sho 57 The compound described in the specification of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei.

所述酮化合物例如可列舉:二苯甲酮、2-甲基二苯甲酮、3-甲基二苯甲酮、4-甲基二苯甲酮、4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4-氯二苯甲酮、4-溴二苯甲酮、2-羧基二苯甲酮、2-乙氧基羰基二苯甲酮、二苯甲酮四羧酸或其四甲基酯、4,4'-雙(二烷基胺基)二苯甲酮類(例如4,4'-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮,4,4'-雙(二環己基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙(二羥基乙基胺基)二苯甲酮)、4-甲氧基-4'-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、4-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4-二甲基胺基苯乙酮、苯偶醯、蒽醌、2-第三丁基蒽醌、2-甲基蒽醌、菲醌、氧雜蒽酮、硫雜蒽酮,2-氯-硫雜蒽酮、2,4-二乙基硫雜蒽酮、茀酮、2-苄基-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-1-丁酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-1-丙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙醇寡聚物、安息香、安息香醚類(例如安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香丙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香苯醚、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮)、吖啶酮、氯吖啶酮、N-甲基吖啶酮、N-丁基吖啶酮、N-丁基-氯吖啶酮等。 Examples of the ketone compound include benzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, and 4-methoxybenzophenone. 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, 2-ethoxycarbonylbenzophenone, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid Or a tetramethyl ester thereof, 4,4'-bis(dialkylamino)benzophenone (for example, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'- Bis(dicyclohexylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(dihydroxyethylamino)benzophenone) , 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4-dimethyl Acetophenone acetophenone, benzoin, anthracene, 2-tert-butylhydrazine, 2-methylindole, phenanthrenequinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, 2-chloro-thiazepine Ketone, 2,4-diethylthianone, anthrone, 2-benzyl-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-1-butanone, 2-methyl- 1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinyl-1-propanone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanol Polymer Aromatic and benzoin ethers (eg, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin dimethyl ketal), acridone, chloroacridone, N-methyl Acridone, N-butylacridone, N-butyl-chloroacridone, and the like.

光聚合起始劑亦可較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載的氧化醯基膦系起始劑。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969 and a cerium oxide-based phosphine-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used.

羥基苯乙酮系起始劑可使用:豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、豔佳固 (IRGACURE)-2959、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑可使用:作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE379(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等長波光源匹配(matching)的日本專利特開2009-191179公報中記載的化合物。另外,醯基膦系起始劑亦可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或達羅卡(DAROCUR)-TPO(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 The hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator can be used: IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, Yanjiagu (IRGACURE)-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF). Amino acetophenone-based initiators can be used: IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369 and IRGACURE-379, IRGACURE, which are commercially available products. - OXE379 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF). The amine acetophenone-based initiator may also be a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matched to a long-wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm. Further, as the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF) can be used as a commercial product.

光聚合起始劑更佳可列舉肟化合物。肟化合物的具體例可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報中記載的化合物。 More preferably, the photopolymerization initiator is a ruthenium compound. For the specific example of the ruthenium compound, the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.

可較佳地用作本發明的光聚合起始劑的肟衍生物等肟化合物例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 As the ruthenium compound such as an anthracene derivative which can be preferably used as the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention, for example, 3-benzylideneoxyiminobutan-2-one and 3-ethyloxyimide can be cited. Butyral-2-one, 3-propoxy methoxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxymethoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxyimino group- 1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzylideneoxyimido-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2- Ketone and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.

另外,肟化合物可列舉:「英國化學會志(Journal of the Chemical Society,J.C.S.)普爾金會刊(Perkin)II」(1979年) pp.1653-1660、「英國化學會志(Journal of the Chemical Society,J.C.S.)普爾金會刊(Perkin)II」(1979年)pp.156-162、「光聚合物科學與技術期刊(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」(1995年)pp.202-232、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報中記載的化合物,日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載的化合物等。 In addition, the bismuth compound can be listed as "Journal of the Chemical Society (J.C.S.) Perkin II (1979) Pp.1653-1660, "Journal of the Chemical Society (JCS) Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology" Photopolymer Science and Technology) (1995) pp. 202-232, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-66385, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-80068, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, A compound or the like described in each of the publications of JP-A-2006-342166.

市售品亦可較佳地使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)。 Commercially available products are also preferably used in IRGACURE-OXE01 (BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (BASF), TR-PBG-304 (Changzhou) Made by Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.).

另外,亦可使用以下化合物作為所述記載以外的肟化合物:於咔唑N位上連結有肟的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中記載的化合物、於二苯甲酮部位上導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中記載的化合物、於色素部位上導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號中記載的化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中記載的酮肟化合物、於同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中記載的化合物、於405nm處具有最大吸收且對g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報中記載的化合物等。 In addition, the following compounds may be used as the ruthenium compound other than the above-mentioned compound: the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-519904, which is bonded to the N-position of the carbazole, and the impurity introduced into the benzophenone moiety. The compound described in the U.S. Patent No. 7,626,957, the compound, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-15025, and the U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Japanese Patent No. 7556910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an anthracene skeleton in the same molecule, and a Japanese patent having a maximum absorption at 405 nm and having a good sensitivity to a g-ray source. The compound or the like described in JP-A-2009-221114.

較佳為進而亦可較佳地使用日本專利特開2007-231000 號公報及日本專利特開2007-322744號公報中記載的環狀肟化合物。環狀肟化合物中,尤其就具有高的光吸收性而高感度化的觀點而言,較佳為日本專利特開2010-32985號公報、日本專利特開2010-185072號公報中記載的於咔唑色素上縮環而成的環狀肟化合物。 It is preferable to further preferably use Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-231000 The cyclic anthraquinone compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-322744. In the case of the cyclic ruthenium compound, in particular, it is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-32985, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-185072. A cyclic guanidine compound in which an azole pigment is condensed.

另外,於肟化合物的特定部位上具有不飽和鍵的日本專利特開2009-242469號公報中記載的化合物亦由聚合非活性自由基來再生活性自由基,藉此可達成高感度化而可較佳地使用。 In addition, the compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which has an unsaturated bond at a specific site of a ruthenium compound, also regenerates an active radical by polymerizing an inactive radical, thereby achieving high sensitivity and being comparable. Good to use.

最佳可列舉:日本專利特開2007-269779號公報中揭示的具有特定取代基的肟化合物、或日本專利特開2009-191061號公報中所示的具有硫代芳基的肟化合物。 The ruthenium compound having a specific substituent disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-269779, or the ruthenium compound having a thioaryl group as shown in JP-A-2009-191061.

具體而言,作為光聚合起始劑的肟化合物較佳為下述通式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,可為肟的N-O鍵為(E)體的肟化合物,亦可為肟的N-O鍵為(Z)體的肟化合物,亦可為肟的N-O鍵為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。 Specifically, the ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Further, the ruthenium compound in which the NO bond of ruthenium is (E) may be a ruthenium compound in which the NO bond of ruthenium is (Z), or the NO bond of ruthenium may be (E) and (Z) a mixture of bodies.

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價取代基, A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基。 In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.

通式(OX-1)中,R所表示的一價取代基較佳為一價非金屬原子團。 In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent non-metal atomic group.

所述一價非金屬原子團可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. Further, the substituent may be further substituted with other substituents.

取代基可列舉:鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group and the like.

烷基較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,具體可例示:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、辛基、癸基、十二烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基、環戊基、環己基、三氟甲基、2-乙基己基、苯甲醯甲基、1-萘甲醯基甲基、2-萘甲醯基甲基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯甲醯甲基、4-苯基胺苯磺基(sulfanil)苯甲醯甲基、4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯甲基、4-氰基苯甲醯甲基、4-甲基苯甲醯甲基、2-甲基苯甲醯甲基、3-氟苯甲醯甲基、3-三氟甲基苯甲醯甲基及3-硝基苯甲醯甲基。 The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, and an isopropyl group. Base, isobutyl, second butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, benzamidine methyl, 1-naphthalene Methylmercaptomethyl, 2-naphthylmethylmethyl, 4-methylamine benzenesulfonylbenzhydrylmethyl, 4-phenylamine sulfanil benzamidine methyl, 4-dimethyl Aminobenzyl benzhydryl methyl, 4-cyanobenzhydrylmethyl, 4-methylbenzimidylmethyl, 2-methylbenzimidylmethyl, 3-fluorobenzhydrylmethyl, 3- Trifluoromethylbenzimidylmethyl and 3-nitrobenzimidylmethyl.

芳基較佳為碳數6~30的芳基,具體可例示:苯基、聯苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、9-蒽基、9-菲基、1-芘基、5-稠四苯基(5-naphthacenyl)、1-茚基、2-薁基、9-茀基、三聯苯基、四聯苯基、鄰甲苯基、間甲苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、鄰枯烯基、間枯烯基及對枯烯基、2,4,6-三甲苯基(mesityl)、並環戊二烯基 (pentalenyl)、聯萘基(binaphthalenyl)、三聯萘基、四聯萘基、並環庚三烯基(heptalenyl)、伸聯苯基(biphenylenyl)、二環戊二烯並苯基(indacenyl)、丙[二]烯合茀基(fluoranthenyl)、苊基(acenaphthylenyl)、乙烯合蒽基(aceanthrylenyl)、丙烯合萘基(phenalenyl)、茀基、蒽基、聯蒽基、三聯蒽基、四聯蒽基、蒽喹啉基(anthraquinolyl)、菲基、苯并[9,10]菲基(triphenylenyl)、芘基、基(chrysenyl)、稠四苯基、七曜烯基(pleiadenyl)、苉基(picenyl)、苝基(perylenyl)、五苯基(pentaphenyl)、稠五苯基(pentacenyl)、聯四苯基(tetraphenylenyl)、六苯基、稠六苯基、茹基(rubicenyl)、蔻基(coronenyl)、聯伸三萘基(trinaphthylenyl)、七苯基、稠七苯基、苒基(pyranthrenyl)及莪基(ovalenyl)。 The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, a 9-phenanthryl group, and a 1-fluorenyl group. 5-nphthacenyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-indenyl, terphenyl, tetraphenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, xylene Base, ortho-alkenyl, m-cumenyl and p-cumenyl, 2,4,6-trityl, pentalenyl, binaphthalenyl, trinaphthyl , tetranaphthyl, heptalenyl, biphenylenyl, indacenyl, fluoranthenyl, fluorenyl (acenaphthylenyl), aceanthrylenyl, phenalenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, hydrazino, triple fluorenyl, tetradecyl, anthraquinolyl, phenanthryl, Benzo[9,10]triphenylenyl, fluorenyl, Chrysenyl, condensed tetraphenyl, pleiadenyl, picenyl, perylenyl, pentaphenyl, pentacenyl, tetraphenylenyl , hexaphenyl, hexaphenyl, rubicenyl, coronenyl, trinaphthylenyl, heptaphenyl, hexaphenyl, pyranthrenyl and ovalenyl ).

醯基較佳為碳數2~20的醯基,具體可例示:乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、三氟乙醯基、戊醯基、苯甲醯基、1-萘甲醯基、2-萘甲醯基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯甲醯基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯甲醯基、4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯基、4-二乙基胺基苯甲醯基、2-氯苯甲醯基、2-甲基苯甲醯基、2-甲氧基苯甲醯基、2-丁氧基苯甲醯基、3-氯苯甲醯基、3-三氟甲基苯甲醯基、3-氰基苯甲醯基、3-硝基苯甲醯基、4-氟苯甲醯基、4-氰基苯甲醯基及4-甲氧基苯甲醯基。 The fluorenyl group is preferably a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a pentamidine group, a benzamidine group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, 2-naphthylmethyl, 4-methylamine phenylsulfonylbenzyl, 4-phenylamine phenylsulfonylbenzyl, 4-dimethylaminobenzimidyl, 4-diethyl Aminobenzylidene, 2-chlorobenzhydryl, 2-methylbenzhydryl, 2-methoxybenzimidyl, 2-butoxybenzhydryl, 3-chlorobenzhydrazide , 3-trifluoromethylbenzhydryl, 3-cyanobenzylidene, 3-nitrobenzhydryl, 4-fluorobenzhydryl, 4-cyanobenzylidene and 4- Methoxybenzhydryl.

烷氧基羰基較佳為碳數2~20的烷氧基羰基,具體可例示:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、己氧基羰基、辛氧基羰基、癸氧基羰基、十八烷氧基羰基及三氟甲氧基羰基。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxycarbonyl group, and an octyloxy group. A carbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, and a trifluoromethoxycarbonyl group.

芳氧基羰基具體可例示:苯氧基羰基、1-萘氧基羰基、2-萘氧基羰基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯氧基羰基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯氧基羰基、4-二甲基胺基苯氧基羰基、4-二乙基胺基苯氧基羰基、2-氯苯氧基羰基、2-甲基苯氧基羰基、2-甲氧基苯氧基羰基、2-丁氧基苯氧基羰基、3-氯苯氧基羰基、3-三氟甲基苯氧基羰基、3-氰基苯氧基羰基、3-硝基苯氧基羰基、4-氟苯氧基羰基、4-氰基苯氧基羰基及4-甲氧基苯氧基羰基。 Specific examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a 2-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a 4-methylamine benzenesulfonylphenoxycarbonyl group, and a 4-phenylamine benzenesulfonylphenoxy group. Carbocarbonyl, 4-dimethylaminophenoxycarbonyl, 4-diethylaminophenoxycarbonyl, 2-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, 2-methylphenoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxybenzene Oxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyphenoxycarbonyl, 3-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxycarbonyl, 3-cyanophenoxycarbonyl, 3-nitrophenoxycarbonyl 4-fluorophenoxycarbonyl, 4-cyanophenoxycarbonyl and 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl.

雜環基較佳為含有氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或磷原子的芳香族或脂肪族的雜環基。 The heterocyclic group is preferably an aromatic or aliphatic heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.

具體可例示:噻吩基、苯并[b]噻吩基、萘并[2,3-b]噻吩基、噻噁基(thianthrenyl)、呋喃基、吡喃基、異苯并呋喃基、苯并哌喃基(chromenyl)、基(xanthenyl)、啡噁噻基(phenoxathiinyl)、2H-吡咯基、吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、吡啶基、吡嗪基、嘧啶基、噠嗪基、吲哚嗪基、異吲哚基、3H-吲哚基、吲哚基、1H-吲唑基、嘌呤基、4H-喹嗪基、異喹啉基、喹啉基、酞嗪基(phthalazinyl)、萘啶基(naphthyridinyl)、喹噁啉基(quinoxalinyl)、喹唑啉基(quinazolinyl)、啉基(cinnolinyl)、喋啶基(pteridinyl)、4aH-咔唑基、咔唑基、β-咔啉基(β-carbolinyl)、菲啶基(phenanthridinyl)、吖啶基、啶基(perimidinyl)、啡啉基、吩嗪基(phenazinyl)、吩吡嗪基(phenarsazinyl)、異噻唑基(isothiazolyl)、啡噻嗪基(phenothiazinyl)、異噁唑基、呋吖基(furazanyl)、啡噁嗪基、異基(isochromanyl)、苯并二氫吡喃 基、吡咯啶基、吡咯啉基、咪唑啶基、咪唑啉基、吡唑啶基、吡唑啉基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吲哚啉基、異吲哚啉基、奎寧環基(quinuclidinyl)、嗎啉基及硫雜蒽酮基(thioxantrill)。 Specific examples thereof include: thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzopyrazine Chromenyl, Xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridazinyl, isoindole , 3H-indenyl, fluorenyl, 1H-carbazolyl, fluorenyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, Quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, Cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl , morpholinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl, phenoxazine Basis Isochromanyl, benzochromanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, porphyrin A base, an isoindolyl group, a quinuclidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, and a thioxantrill.

烷硫基羰基具體可例示:甲硫基羰基、丙硫基羰基、丁硫基羰基、己硫基羰基、辛硫基羰基、癸硫基羰基、十八烷硫基羰基及三氟甲硫基羰基。 Specific examples of the alkylthiocarbonyl group include a methylthiocarbonyl group, a propylthiocarbonyl group, a butylthiocarbonyl group, a hexylthiocarbonyl group, a octylthiocarbonyl group, a decylthiocarbonyl group, an octadecylthiocarbonyl group, and a trifluoromethylthio group. Carbonyl.

芳硫基羰基具體可列舉:1-萘硫基羰基、2-萘硫基羰基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯硫基羰基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯硫基羰基、4-二甲基胺基苯硫基羰基、4-二乙基胺基苯硫基羰基、2-氯苯硫基羰基、2-甲基苯硫基羰基、2-甲氧基苯硫基羰基、2-丁氧基苯硫基羰基、3-氯苯硫基羰基、3-三氟甲基苯硫基羰基、3-氰基苯硫基羰基、3-硝基苯硫基羰基、4-氟苯硫基羰基、4-氰基苯硫基羰基及4-甲氧基苯硫基羰基。 Specific examples of the arylthiocarbonyl group include 1-naphthylthiocarbonyl, 2-naphthylthiocarbonyl, 4-methylaminobenzenesulfonylphenylthiocarbonyl, 4-phenylaminebenzenesulfophenylthiocarbonyl, 4- Dimethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-diethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl, 2-chlorophenylthiocarbonyl, 2-methylphenylthiocarbonyl, 2-methoxyphenylthiocarbonyl, 2 -butoxyphenylthiocarbonyl, 3-chlorophenylthiocarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenylthiocarbonyl, 3-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl, 3-nitrophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-fluorobenzene Thiocarbonyl, 4-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl and 4-methoxyphenylthiocarbonyl.

通式(OX-1)中,B所表示的一價取代基表示芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示上文所述的取代基。另外,上文所述的取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B represents an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. The substituents described above can be exemplified as the substituents described above. Further, the substituents described above may be further substituted with other substituents.

其中,特佳為以下所示的結構。 Among them, the structure shown below is particularly preferable.

下述結構中,Y、X及n分別與後述通式(OX-2)中的Y、X及n為相同含意,較佳例亦相同。 In the following structures, Y, X and n are the same as Y, X and n in the following general formula (OX-2), and preferred examples are also the same.

[化42] [化42]

所述式(OX-1)中,A所表示的二價有機基可列舉碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸炔基。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示上文所述的取代基。另外,上文所述的取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 In the formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A may, for example, be an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a cycloalkylene group or an alkynylene group. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. The substituents described above can be exemplified as the substituents described above. Further, the substituents described above may be further substituted with other substituents.

其中,就提高感度、抑制由加熱經時所致的著色的方面而言,式(OX-1)中的A較佳為未經取代的伸烷基、經烷基(例如甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二烷基)取代的伸烷基、經烯基(例如乙烯基、烯丙基)取代的伸烷基、經芳基(例如苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、枯烯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、苯乙烯基)取代的伸烷基。 Among them, in terms of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloring caused by heating over time, A in the formula (OX-1) is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group). , a tert-butyl, dodecyl) substituted alkylene group, an alkyl group substituted by an alkenyl group (e.g., a vinyl group, an allyl group), an aryl group (e.g., phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl) , cumenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, styryl) substituted alkylene.

所述式(OX-1)中,Ar所表示的芳基較佳為碳數6~30的芳基,另外,亦可具有取代基。取代基可例示:與上文中作為可具有取代基的芳基的具體例而列舉的經取代的芳基上導入的取代基相同的基團。 In the formula (OX-1), the aryl group represented by Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and may have a substituent. The substituent may be exemplified by the same group as the substituent introduced on the substituted aryl group exemplified above as a specific example of the aryl group which may have a substituent.

其中,就提高感度、抑制由加熱經時所致的著色的方面而言,較佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。 Among them, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group is preferred in terms of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloration caused by heating over time.

式(OX-1)中,就感度的方面而言,由所述式(OX-1)中的Ar及與之鄰接的S所形成的「SAr」的結構較佳為以下所示的結構。再者,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 In the formula (OX-1), in terms of sensitivity, the structure of "SAr" formed by Ar in the formula (OX-1) and S adjacent thereto is preferably the structure shown below. Further, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.

肟化合物較佳為下述通式(OX-2)所表示的化合物。 The hydrazine compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-2).

[化44] [化44]

通式(OX-2)中,R及X分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A及Y分別獨立地表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基,n為0~5的整數。通式(OX-2)中的R、A及Ar與通式(OX-1)中的R、A及Ar為相同含意,較佳例亦相同。 In the formula (OX-2), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent, and A and Y each independently represent a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group, and n is an integer of 0-5. R, A and Ar in the formula (OX-2) have the same meanings as R, A and Ar in the formula (OX-1), and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(OX-2)中,X所表示的一價取代基可列舉:烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺基、雜環基、鹵素原子。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示上文所述的取代基。另外,上文所述的取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 In the general formula (OX-2), the monovalent substituent represented by X may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amine group or a hetero group. Ring group, halogen atom. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. The substituents described above can be exemplified as the substituents described above. Further, the substituents described above may be further substituted with other substituents.

該等中,就提高溶劑溶解性及長波長範圍的吸收效率的方面而言,通式(OX-2)中的X較佳為烷基。 Among these, X in the formula (OX-2) is preferably an alkyl group in terms of improving solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength range.

另外,式(OX-2)中的n表示0~5的整數,較佳為0~2的整數。 Further, n in the formula (OX-2) represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 2.

通式(OX-2)中,Y所表示的二價有機基可列舉以下所示的結構。再者,於以下所示的基團中,「*」表示於所述式(OX-2)中和Y鄰接的碳原子的鍵結位置。 In the general formula (OX-2), the divalent organic group represented by Y may be exemplified by the structures shown below. Further, in the group shown below, "*" represents a bonding position of a carbon atom adjacent to Y in the formula (OX-2).

[化45] [化45]

其中,就高感度化的觀點而言,較佳為下述所示的結構。 Among them, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity, the structure shown below is preferable.

進而,肟化合物較佳為下述通式(OX-3)或通式(OX-4)所表示的化合物。 Further, the ruthenium compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-3) or (OX-4).

[化47] [化47]

通式(OX-3)或通式(OX-4)中,R及X分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基,n為0~5的整數。 In the formula (OX-3) or the formula (OX-4), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group, and n is an integer of 0-5.

通式(OX-3)或通式(OX-4)中的R、X、A、Ar及n與所述通式(OX-2)中的R、X、A、Ar及n分別為相同含意,較佳例亦相同。 R, X, A, Ar and n in the formula (OX-3) or (OX-4) are the same as R, X, A, Ar and n in the formula (OX-2), respectively The meaning is the same and the preferred examples are the same.

以下,將可較佳地使用的肟化合物的具體例(C-4)~具體例(C-13)示於以下,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Hereinafter, specific examples (C-4) to specific examples (C-13) of the ruthenium compound which can be preferably used are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化48] [48]

肟化合物於350nm~500nm的波長範圍內具有最大吸收波長,較佳為於360nm~480nm的波長範圍內具有吸收波長,特佳為365nm及455nm的吸光度高。 The ruthenium compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, preferably has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 455 nm.

就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物的365nm或405nm下的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特佳為5,000~200,000。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the cerium compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000.

化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法來測定,具體而 言,例如較佳為使用紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造的卡里-5(Carry-5)分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定。 The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be determined by a known method, specifically For example, it is preferable to use an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Carry-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Co., Ltd.), and use an ethyl acetate solvent at 0.01 g/L. The concentration was measured.

本發明中所用的光聚合起始劑視需要亦可組合使用兩種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed.

相對於組成物的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的(D)光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%以上、10質量%以下,更佳為0.5質量%以上、5質量%以下,進而佳為1質量%以上、3質量%以下。於該範圍內可獲得更良好的感度及圖案形成性。 The content of the (D) photopolymerization initiator in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. Hereinafter, it is preferably 1% by mass or more and 3% by mass or less. Better sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained within this range.

<<(E)聚合性化合物>> <<(E) Polymeric Compound>>

本發明的組成物含有(E)聚合性化合物。本發明中,可使用藉由自由基、酸、熱而可進行交聯的公知的聚合性化合物,例如可列舉含有乙烯性不飽和鍵、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)、羥甲基等的聚合性化合物。就感度的觀點而言,(E)聚合性化合物是較佳地選自具有至少1個、較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中。其中,較佳為4官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物,進而佳為5官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物。 The composition of the present invention contains (E) a polymerizable compound. In the present invention, a known polymerizable compound which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether (epoxy or oxetane). A polymerizable compound such as a methylol group. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the (E) polymerizable compound is preferably selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Among them, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having four or more functional groups is preferable, and a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having five or more functional groups is more preferable.

此種化合物組群於本產業領域中廣為人知,本發明中可無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些化合物例如可為以下化學形態的任一種:單體,預聚物即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物或該等的混合物以及該等的寡聚物等。本發明的聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and these compounds can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. These compounds may be, for example, any of the following chemical forms: a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof, and the like. The polymerizable compounds of the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

更具體而言,單體及其預聚物的例子可列舉:不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物。另外,亦可較佳地使用以下反應物:具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物,或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,以下反應物亦較佳:具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。另外,作為其他例,亦可使用代替所述不飽和羧酸而替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等而成的化合物組群。 More specifically, examples of the monomer and the prepolymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or esters thereof. The guanamines and the polymers thereof are preferably esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, and guanamines of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound, and the like. Things. Further, it is also preferred to use the following reactants: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, or an addition of a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group. a reactant, or a dehydration condensation reaction with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid, or the like. Further, the following reactants are also preferred: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. The reactants further include a substituted carboxylic acid ester of a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group, or a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. Further, as another example, a compound group of a vinylbenzene derivative such as an unsaturated phosphonic acid or styrene, a vinyl ether or an allyl ether may be used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為該等的具體化合物,亦可將日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落編號[0095]~段落編號[0108]中記載的化合物較佳地用於本發明中。 As the specific compound, the compound described in Paragraph No. [0095] to Paragraph No. [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 is preferably used in the present invention.

另外,所述聚合性化合物亦較佳為具有至少一個可進行加成聚合的乙烯基、且於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的具有乙烯性不飽和基的化合物。其例子可列舉:聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯等單官 能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、於甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等多官能醇上加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後加以(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成者,日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特公昭50-6034號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報中記載般的(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,日本專利特開昭48-64183號公報、日本專利特公昭49-43191號公報、日本專利特公昭52-30490號公報中記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯以及該等的混合物。 Further, the polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group having at least one vinyl group capable of undergoing addition polymerization and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher at normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Energy acrylate or methacrylate; polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol three (Meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexane diol (meth) acrylate, trimethylol Propane tris(propylene oxypropyl)ether, tris(propylene decyloxyethyl)isocyanate, addition of ethylene oxide or a ring to a polyfunctional alcohol such as glycerol or trimethylolethane The oxypropane is obtained by a (meth) acrylate, and is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-50-63034, and JP-A-53-37193 ( The polyester acrylates described in JP-A-48-64183, JP-A-49-43191, and JP-A-52-30490, Polyfunctional propylene such as epoxy acrylate such as a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid An acid ester or methacrylate and a mixture of these.

亦可列舉多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,該多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯是使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和基的化合物與多官能羧酸反應而獲得。 Further, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate such as a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate and a polyfunctional carboxy group may be mentioned. Obtained by acid reaction.

另外,其他較佳的所述聚合性化合物亦可使用:日本專利特開2010-160418號公報、日本專利特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號說明書等中記載的具有茀環且具有2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和基的化合物,卡多樹脂(cardo resin)。 In addition, other preferred polymerizable compounds may have an anthracene ring and have an anthracene ring as described in JP-A-2010-160418, JP-A-2010-129825, and Japanese Patent No. 4,364,216. A compound having two or more functional ethylenically unsaturated groups, a cardo resin.

另外,於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點、且具有至少一個可進行加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基的化合物亦較佳為日本專利 特開2008-292970號公報的段落編號[0254]~段落編號[0257]中記載的化合物。 Further, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C or more under normal pressure and having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group capable of undergoing addition polymerization is also preferably a Japanese patent. The compound described in Paragraph No. [0254] to Paragraph No. [0257] of JP-A-2008-292970.

除了所述化合物以外,亦可較佳地使用下述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的自由基聚合性單體。再者,於式中T為氧伸烷基的情形時,碳原子側的末端鍵結於R。 In addition to the above compounds, a radical polymerizable monomer represented by the following formula (MO-1) to formula (MO-5) can be preferably used. Further, in the case where T is an oxygen-extended alkyl group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.

[化50] [化50]

所述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)中,n為0~14,m為1~8。於一分子內存在多個的R、T分別可相同亦可不同。 In the above formula (MO-1) to formula (MO-5), n is 0 to 14 and m is 1 to 8. R and T which are present in a plurality of molecules may be the same or different.

於所述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的各聚合性化合物中,存在多個的R的至少一個表示-OC(=O)CH=CH2或-OC(=O)C(CH3)=CH2所表示的基團。 In each of the polymerizable compounds represented by the above formula (MO-1) to formula (MO-5), at least one of a plurality of Rs represents -OC(=O)CH=CH 2 or -OC ( =O) C(CH 3 )= group represented by CH 2 .

關於所述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的具體例,亦可將日本專利特開2007-269779號公報的段落編號0248~段落編號0251中記載的化合物較佳地用於本發明中。 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the above formula (MO-1) to (MO-5) can also be described in paragraph number 0248 to paragraph number 0251 of JP-A-2007-269779. The compounds are preferably used in the present invention.

另外,以下化合物亦可用作所述聚合性化合物:於日本專利特開平10-62986號公報中作為通式(1)及通式(2)而與其具體例一併記載的於所述多官能醇上加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後加以(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。 In addition, the following compounds can also be used as the above-mentioned polyfunctional compound as described in the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 10-62986. A compound obtained by adding (meth)acrylic acid to ethylene after adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide.

其中,所述聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD) D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造,A-DPH-12E;新中村化學公司製造)、以及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基介隔乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基的結構。亦可使用該等的寡聚物類型。以下示出較佳的聚合性化合物的態樣。 Among them, the polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available product) KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol (meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) propylene The thiol group is separated from the structure of the ethylene glycol residue and the propylene glycol residue. These types of oligomers can also be used. The aspect of the preferred polymerizable compound is shown below.

所述聚合性化合物亦可為多官能單體,且亦可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。乙烯性化合物只要如上文所述為混合物的情形般具有未反應的羧基,則可直接利用,視需要亦可使非芳香族羧酸酐與所述乙烯性化合物的羥基反應而導入酸基。於該情形時,所使用的非芳香族羧酸酐的具體例可列舉:四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐。 The polymerizable compound may be a polyfunctional monomer, and may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. When the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of the mixture as described above, it can be used as it is, and if necessary, a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride can be reacted with a hydroxyl group of the ethylenic compound to introduce an acid group. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to be used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and alkylated six. Hydrogen phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

於本發明中,具有酸基的單體為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,較佳為使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸基的多官能單體,特佳為於其酯中脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。市售品例如可列舉東亞合成股份有限公司製造的作為多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物的M-510、M-520等。 In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and preferably has a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride reacting with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acid group. The polyfunctional monomer is particularly preferably one in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. Commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd., for example.

該些單體可單獨使用一種,但於製造方面而言,難以使用單一的化合物,故亦可混合使用兩種以上。另外,視需要亦可 併用不具有酸基的多官能單體與具有酸基的多官能單體作為單體。 These monomers may be used singly, but it is difficult to use a single compound in terms of production, and it is also possible to use two or more kinds in combination. In addition, as needed A polyfunctional monomer having no acid group and a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group are used as a monomer.

具有酸基的多官能單體的較佳酸值為0.1mgKOH/g~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5mgKOH/g~30mgKOH/g。若多官能單體的酸值過低,則顯影溶解特性降低,若過高則製造或操作變困難而光聚合性能降低,畫素的表面平滑性等硬化性變差。因此,於併用兩種以上的酸基不同的多官能單體的情形、或併用不具有酸基的多官能單體的情形時,較佳為以總體的多官能單體的酸基在所述範圍內的方式調整。 The preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is from 0.1 mgKOH/g to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 5 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is too low, development and dissolution characteristics are lowered, and if it is too high, production or handling becomes difficult, photopolymerization performance is lowered, and hardenability such as surface smoothness of pixels is deteriorated. Therefore, in the case where two or more kinds of polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, it is preferred that the acid group of the entire polyfunctional monomer is in the The way the range is adjusted.

另外,含有具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體作為聚合性單體亦為較佳態樣。 Further, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is also preferred as a polymerizable monomer.

具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體只要於其分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,該ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯是藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯加以酯化而獲得。其中,較佳為下述通式(Z-1)所表示的具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體。 The polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in its molecule, and examples thereof include ε-caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and ε- Caprolactone modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate by trimethylolethane, di-trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, two Polyols such as pentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, and trimethylol melamine are obtained by esterification with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone. Among them, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) is preferred.

[化51] [化51]

通式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基團,或6個R中1個~5個為下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基團且其餘為下述通式(Z-3)所表示的基團。 In the general formula (Z-1), all of the six R groups are groups represented by the following formula (Z-2), or one to five of the six R groups are represented by the following formula (Z-2). The group represented by the group and the rest are groups represented by the following formula (Z-3).

通式(Z-2)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,「*」表示結合鍵。 In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

通式(Z-3)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,「*」表示結合鍵。 In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

此種具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體例如是由日本化藥(股)作為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPCA系列而市售,可列舉: DPCA-20(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中m=1、式(Z-2)所表示的基團的個數=2、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-30(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中m=1、式(Z-2)所表示的基團的個數=3、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-60(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中m=1、式(Z-2)所表示的基團的個數=6、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-120(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中m=2、式(Z-2)所表示的基團的個數=6、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)等。 Such a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, as a KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and may be exemplified by DPCA-20 (the formula (Z-1) m = 1 in the formula (Z-3), the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 2, the compound in which all of R 1 are a hydrogen atom), DPCA-30 (the formula (Z-) 1) where m = 1 in the formula (Z-3), the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 3, and the compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom), DPCA-60 (the formula (Z) -1)~ m = 1 in the formula (Z-3), the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, a compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 (the formula ( Z-1)~ wherein m=2 in the formula (Z-3), the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, and all compounds in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom).

於本發明中,具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體可單獨使用或混合使用兩種以上。 In the present invention, the polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

另外,本發明中可使用的聚合性單體較佳為選自下述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一種。 Further, the polymerizable monomer which can be used in the present invention is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).

所述通式(Z-4)及通式(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2)yCH2O)-或-((CH2)yCH(CH3)O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、氫原子或 羧基。 In the general formula (Z-4) and the general formula (Z-5), E independently represents -((CH 2 )yCH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 )yCH(CH 3 )O)- And y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group.

所述通式(Z-4)中,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計值為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計值為0~40的整數。其中,於各m的合計值為0的情形時,X中的任一個為羧基。 In the above formula (Z-4), the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryl fluorenyl group is 3 or 4, and m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total value of each m is 0 to 40. The integer. In the case where the total value of each of m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

所述通式(Z-5)中,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計值為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計值為0~60的整數。其中,於各n的合計值為0的情形時,X中的任一個為羧基。 In the above formula (Z-5), the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryl fluorenyl group is 5 or 6, and n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total value of each n is 0 to 60. The integer. However, when the total value of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

所述通式(Z-4)中,m較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。 In the above formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.

另外,各m的合計值較佳為2~40的整數,更佳為2~16的整數,特佳為4~8的整數。 Further, the total value of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.

所述通式(Z-5)中,n較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。 In the above formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.

另外,各n的合計值較佳為3~60的整數,更佳為3~24的整數,特佳為6~12的整數。 Further, the total value of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.

另外,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2)yCH2O)-或-((CH2)yCH(CH3)O)-較佳為氧原子側的末端鍵結於X的形態。 Further, -((CH 2 )yCH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 )yCH(CH 3 )O)- in the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferably an oxygen atom. The end of the side is bonded to the form of X.

所述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。特佳為通式(Z-5)中6個X全部為丙烯醯基的形態。 The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Particularly preferred is a form in which all six of X in the formula (Z-5) are an acrylonitrile group.

另外,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物於聚合性化合物中的總含量較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上。 In addition, the total content of the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.

所述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可由作為以前公知的步驟的以下步驟來合成:藉由開環加成反應使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷的開環骨架鍵結於季戊四醇或二季戊四醇的步驟;及使例如(甲基)丙烯醯氯與開環骨架的末端羥基反應而導入(甲基)丙烯醯基的步驟。各步驟為廣為人知的步驟,本領域技術人員可容易地合成通式(i)或通式(ii)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by the following steps as a previously known step: ethylene oxide or propylene oxide by a ring-opening addition reaction a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton to pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol; and a step of introducing, for example, (meth)acrylofluorene chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton to introduce a (meth)acrylonitrile group. Each step is a well-known step, and a compound represented by the formula (i) or the formula (ii) can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art.

所述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物中,更佳為季戊四醇衍生物及/或二季戊四醇衍生物。 Among the compounds represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5), a pentaerythritol derivative and/or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable.

具體可列舉下述式(a)~式(f)所表示的化合物(以下亦稱為「例示化合物(a)~例示化合物(f)」),其中,較佳為例示化合物(a)、例示化合物(b)、例示化合物(e)、例示化合物(f)。 Specific examples thereof include the compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as "exemplary compounds (a) to exemplified compounds (f)"). Among them, preferred examples are compounds (a) and exemplified. Compound (b), exemplified compound (e), and exemplified compound (f).

[化55] [化55]

[化56] [化56]

通式(Z-4)、通式(Z-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的市售品例如可列舉:沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造的具有4個伸乙氧基鏈的四官能丙烯酸酯SR-494,日本化藥股份有限公司製造的具有6個伸戊氧基鏈的六官能丙烯酸酯DPCA-60、具有3個伸異丁氧基鏈的三官能丙烯酸酯TPA-330等。 Commercial products of the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (Z-4) and the formula (Z-5) include, for example, a tetrafunctional acrylic acid having four ethylene oxide chains manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd. Ester SR-494, a hexafunctional acrylate DPCA-60 having six pentyloxy chains, three trifunctional acrylates TPA-330 having an extended isobutoxy chain, and the like, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.

另外,所述聚合性化合物亦較佳為日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報、日本專利特公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2-16765號公報中記載般的丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,或日本專利特公昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭56-17654號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39417號公報、 日本專利特公昭62-39418號公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類。進而,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號公報、日本專利特開昭63-260909號公報、日本專利特開平1-105238號公報中記載的分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性化合物類作為所述聚合性化合物,可獲得感光速度非常優異的硬化性組成物。 In addition, the polymerizable compound is also preferably a Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 51-37193, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-16765 Acetyl amides as described in the publication, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 56-17654, and Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 62-39417 A urethane compound having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39418. In addition, the intramolecular structure having an amine structure or a thioether structure as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. As the polymerizable compound, an addition polymerizable compound can obtain a curable composition having a very excellent photospeed.

所述聚合性化合物的市售品可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAB-140(山陽國策紙漿公司製造),「UA-7200」(新中村化學公司製造),DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共榮社製造),三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯(市售品為A-TMPT;新中村化學公司製造)等。 Commercial products of the polymerizable compound include urethane oligomer UAS-10, urethane oligomer UAB-140 (manufactured by Shanyang Guoce Pulp Co., Ltd.), and "UA-7200" (new Made by Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha), Trihydroxyl Propane triacrylate (commercially available as A-TMPT; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

關於環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷),例如作為具有環氧基者,雙酚A型環氧樹脂為JER-827、JER-828、JER-834、JER-1001、JER-1002、JER-1003、JER-1055、JER-1007、JER-1009、JER-1010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1050、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1051、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1055(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等;雙酚F型環氧樹脂為JER-806、JER-807、JER-4004、JER-4005、JER-4007、JER-4010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)830、艾比克隆(EPICLON)835(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),LCE-21、RE-602S(以上為日本化藥(股) 製造)等;苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為JER-152、JER-154、JER-157S70、JER-157S65(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-770、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-775(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等;甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-660、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-665、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-670、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-673、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-680、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-690、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),EOCN-1020(以上為日本化藥(股)製造);脂肪族環氧樹脂可列舉:艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4085S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4088S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2081、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2083、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2085、EHPE-3150(2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧-4-(2-氧雜環丙基)環己烷加成物)、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 4700(以上為大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股)製造),代那考爾(Denacol)EX-211L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-212L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-214L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-216L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-321L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-850L(以上為長瀨化成(Nagase Chemtex)(股)製造),艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4000S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4003S、艾 迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4010S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4011S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),JER-1031S(日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)等。此種聚合性化合物適於利用乾蝕刻法來形成圖案的情形。 Regarding a cyclic ether (epoxy or oxetane), for example, as an epoxy group, the bisphenol A type epoxy resin is JER-827, JER-828, JER-834, JER-1001, JER-1002. , JER-1003, JER-1055, JER-1007, JER-1009, JER-1010 (above is made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 860, Epiclon 1050, Ai Epiclon 1051, Epiclon 1055 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.); bisphenol F epoxy resin is JER-806, JER-807, JER-4004, JER -4005, JER-4007, JER-4010 (above is made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 830, EPICLON 835 (above DIC) ), LCE-21, RE-602S (above is Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing), etc.; phenol novolak type epoxy resin is JER-152, JER-154, JER-157S70, JER-157S65 (above is made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Apic clone (EPICLON) N-740, EPICLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 (above), etc.; cresol novolac epoxy resin is Epiclon N -660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N -690, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-695 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), EOCN-1020 (above is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); aliphatic epoxy resin can be listed as: ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above ADEKA) Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE-3150 (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)- 1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxopropyl)cyclohexane adduct of 1-butanol), Apollo (EPOLEAD) PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above produced by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-211L, Denacol EX- 212L, Denacol EX-214L, Denacol EX-216L, Denacol EX-321L, Denacol EX-850L (The above is a long 濑Nagase Chemtex (manufactured by Nagase Chemtex), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, Ai ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above ADEKA), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD -1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above is manufactured by ADEKA), JER-1031S (made by Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.), and the like. Such a polymerizable compound is suitable for the case where a pattern is formed by dry etching.

關於該些聚合性化合物,其結構、單獨使用或併用、添加量等使用方法的詳細情況可根據著色感光性樹脂組成物的最終的性能設計來任意設定。例如就感度的觀點而言,較佳為每一分子的不飽和基含量多的結構,多的情況下較佳為二官能以上。另外,就提高由著色感光性樹脂組成物所形成的硬化膜的強度的觀點而言,以三官能以上者為宜,進而,藉由併用官能基數不同、聚合性基不同者(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯醚系化合物)來調節感度與強度兩者的方法亦有效。進而,併用三官能以上且環氧乙烷鏈長不同的聚合性化合物就以下方面而言較佳:可調節著色感光性樹脂組成物的顯影性,可獲得優異的圖案形成能力。 The details of the use of the polymerizable compound, such as the structure, the use alone or in combination, and the amount of addition, can be arbitrarily set depending on the final performance design of the colored photosensitive resin composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferred that the structure has a large content of unsaturated groups per molecule, and in many cases, it is preferably a difunctional or higher. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the cured film formed of the colored photosensitive resin composition, it is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional group, and further, a combination of different functional groups and different polymerizable groups (for example, acrylate, A method of adjusting both sensitivity and strength by a methacrylate, a styrene compound, or a vinyl ether compound is also effective. Further, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a trifunctional or higher functional group and a different ethylene oxide chain length in order to adjust the developability of the colored photosensitive resin composition, and to obtain excellent pattern forming ability.

另外,對於與著色感光性樹脂組成物所含有的其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、被分散體、鹼可溶性樹脂等)的相容性、分散性,聚合性化合物的選擇.使用法亦為重要的因素,例如有時可藉由使用低純度化合物或併用兩種以上來提高相容性。另外,就提高與支持體等的硬質表面的密接性的觀點而言,有時亦可選擇特 定的結構。 In addition, the compatibility and dispersibility of other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a dispersion, an alkali-soluble resin, etc.) contained in the coloring photosensitive resin composition, and the selection of a polymerizable compound. The use method is also an important factor. For example, it is sometimes possible to improve the compatibility by using a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to a hard surface such as a support, it is sometimes possible to select a special The structure.

相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的(F)聚合性化合物的含量較佳為3質量%~25質量%,進而佳為5質量%~20質量%,特佳為7質量%~15質量%。 The content of the (F) polymerizable compound in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 3% by mass to 25% by mass, and more preferably from 5% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. , particularly preferably from 7 mass% to 15 mass%.

<<其他成分>> <<Other ingredients>>

本發明的組成物除了所述各成分以外,亦可於不損及本發明的效果的範圍內,更含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂、有機溶劑、交聯劑等其他成分。 In addition to the above-described respective components, the composition of the present invention may further contain (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain, an organic solvent, a crosslinking agent, etc., insofar as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. ingredient.

-(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂- - (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain -

本發明中,進而視需要亦可含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂(以下亦稱為「(G)樹脂」)。藉由更含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂,可使本發明的組成物更有效地硬化。 In the present invention, a resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain (G) (hereinafter also referred to as "(G) resin") may be further contained. The composition of the present invention can be more effectively cured by further containing a resin having a polymerizable double bond in the (G) side chain.

(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂只要於側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵,則並無特別限制,較佳為使具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)、與具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)的共聚物(a)反應而成的樹脂。 (G) The resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain is not particularly limited as long as it has a polymerizable double bond in the side chain, and it is preferred to have a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. A compound (b) and a resin obtained by reacting a polymerizable monomer (p) having two to six hydroxyl groups with a copolymer (a) of another polymerizable monomer (q).

構成(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂的具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)為具有2個以上且6個以下的羥基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物,例如可使用下述通式(1)所表示的單體。 The polymerizable monomer (p) having two to six hydroxyl groups in the resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain of (G) is a compound having two or more and six or less hydroxyl groups and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. For example, a monomer represented by the following formula (1) can be used.

通式(1) General formula (1)

(式中,R1及R4分別表示氫原子、碳數1~5的可經取代的烷基,R2表示碳數1~4的伸烷基,R3表示碳數1~4的伸烷基或單鍵,n表示2以上、6以下的整數) (wherein R 1 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a carbon number of 1 to 4; An alkyl group or a single bond, and n represents an integer of 2 or more and 6 or less)

所述通式(1)所表示的單體可列舉具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的多元醇的單酯等,較佳為甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The monomer represented by the above formula (1) may, for example, be a monoester of a polyhydric alcohol having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and is preferably a mono(meth)acrylate.

其他聚合性單體(q)為可與具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)共聚合的聚合性單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮;苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯類;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、烷氧基羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二丙酮(甲基)丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;(甲基)丙烯腈、乙烯、丙烯、丁烯、氯乙烯、乙酸乙烯酯等其他乙烯系化合物;及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、聚 苯乙烯巨單體等巨單體類等。該些單體可單獨使用一種,或混合使用兩種以上。 The other polymerizable monomer (q) is a polymerizable monomer copolymerizable with the polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylic acid. Ester, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Tributyl ester, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethyl (meth) acrylate a (meth) acrylate such as hexyl ester, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate or tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate; N-vinylpyrrolidone; Styrene and its derivatives, styrenes such as α-methylstyrene; (meth) acrylamide, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, alkoxy hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide And acrylamide such as diacetone (meth) acrylamide; other vinyl compounds such as (meth)acrylonitrile, ethylene, propylene, butylene, vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate; and polymethyl methacrylate Monomer, poly Giant monomers such as styrene giant monomers. These monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

另外,具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)之共聚合比較佳為5質量%~95質量%:95質量%~5質量%,更佳為30質量%~70質量%:70質量%~30質量%。於聚合性單體(p)的共聚合比小於5質量%的情形時,可導入的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵數少,雙鍵當量(下述式所定義的雙鍵當量)的數值變大,無法獲得充分的感度。於聚合性單體(p)的共聚合比超過95質量%的情形時,可導入大量的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵,但聚合性單體(q)的比率變低,故難以維持分散穩定性、溶解性、耐化學品性等物性。 Further, the copolymerization of the polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups and the other polymerizable monomer (q) is preferably 5% by mass to 95% by mass: 95% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably It is 30% by mass to 70% by mass: 70% by mass to 30% by mass. When the copolymerization ratio of the polymerizable monomer (p) is less than 5% by mass, the number of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds which can be introduced is small, and the value of the double bond equivalent (the double bond equivalent defined by the following formula) becomes large. , can not get full sensitivity. When the copolymerization ratio of the polymerizable monomer (p) exceeds 95% by mass, a large amount of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds can be introduced, but the ratio of the polymerizable monomer (q) becomes low, so that it is difficult to maintain dispersion stability. Physical properties such as solubility and chemical resistance.

具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)的共聚物(a)的製造可利用公知的方法來製造,例如可參考日本專利特開2005-156930號公報的段落0013的記載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The production of the copolymer (a) having a polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups and another polymerizable monomer (q) can be produced by a known method, and for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-156930. The description of paragraph 0013 of the Gazette is incorporated into the present specification.

(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂是藉由使具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)與所述共聚物(a)反應而獲得。具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)的作為可與羥基反應的官能基,可列舉異氰酸酯基、羧基等,尤其就反應性的方面而言,較佳為異氰酸酯基。 (G) A resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain is obtained by reacting a compound (b) having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond with the copolymer (a). Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group of the compound (b) having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include an isocyanate group and a carboxyl group, and particularly preferably in terms of reactivity. Isocyanate group.

具有異氰酸酯基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物具體可列舉2-丙烯醯基乙基異氰酸酯、2-甲基丙烯醯基乙基異氰酸酯等。另外, 具有羧基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物具體可列舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、馬來酸酐。 Specific examples of the compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include 2-propenylethyl isocyanate and 2-methylpropenylethyl isocyanate. In addition, Specific examples of the compound having a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and maleic anhydride.

介隔羥基而導入至共聚物(a)中的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的量是由所得的樹脂的「雙鍵當量」來表示。所謂雙鍵當量,成為分子中所含的雙鍵量的標準,若為分子量相同的感光性樹脂,則雙鍵當量的數值越小則雙鍵的導入量越變多。 The amount of the ethylenically unsaturated double bond introduced into the copolymer (a) via a hydroxyl group is represented by the "double bond equivalent" of the obtained resin. The double bond equivalent is a standard for the amount of double bonds contained in the molecule. When the photosensitive resin having the same molecular weight is used, the smaller the value of the double bond equivalent is, the larger the amount of introduction of the double bond is.

[雙鍵當量]=[重複結構單元的分子量]/[重複結構單元中的雙鍵數] [double bond equivalent] = [molecular weight of repeating structural unit] / [number of double bonds in repeating structural unit]

本發明的(G)樹脂的雙鍵當量較佳為200~2,000,更佳為300~900。於(G)樹脂的雙鍵當量小於200的情形時,導入乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的聚合性單體(p)的比率變高,無法使維持各種特性的充分量的聚合性單體(q)共聚合。於超過2,000的情形時,乙烯性不飽和雙鍵數少,故無法獲得充分的感度。 The (G) resin of the present invention preferably has a double bond equivalent weight of from 200 to 2,000, more preferably from 300 to 900. When the double bond equivalent of the (G) resin is less than 200, the ratio of the polymerizable monomer (p) into which the ethylenically unsaturated double bond is introduced becomes high, and a sufficient amount of the polymerizable monomer which maintains various properties cannot be obtained (q) ) Copolymerization. In the case of more than 2,000, the number of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is small, so that sufficient sensitivity cannot be obtained.

另外,就本發明的組成物的分散性良好的方面而言,所述(G)樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2000~200000,更佳為5000~50000。 Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (G) resin is preferably from 2,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 50,000, in terms of good dispersibility of the composition of the present invention.

共聚物(a)、與具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)的反應可利用公知的方法來進行,例如可參考日本專利特開2005-156930號公報的段落0016的記載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The reaction of the copolymer (a) with the compound (b) having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be carried out by a known method, and for example, refer to JP-A-2005-156930. The description of paragraph 0016 is incorporated into the present specification.

於本發明的組成物含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂的情形時,相對於樹脂成分,(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂的含量較佳為10質量%~100質量%,更佳為20質量%~90質量%,進而佳為30質量%~80質量%。 When the composition of the present invention contains (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain, the content of the resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain of (G) is preferably 10% by mass based on the resin component. ~100% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and further preferably 30% by mass to 80% by mass.

(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 (G) The resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-鹼可溶性樹脂- - alkali soluble resin -

本發明的組成物亦可更含有鹼可溶性樹脂作為黏合劑。再者,此處所述的鹼可溶性樹脂中,不包括作為分散劑成分而含有於本發明的組成物中的成分。 The composition of the present invention may further contain an alkali-soluble resin as a binder. Further, the alkali-soluble resin described herein does not include a component contained in the composition of the present invention as a dispersant component.

鹼可溶性樹脂可自以下鹼可溶性樹脂中適當選擇,所述鹼可溶性樹脂為線性有機高分子聚合物,且於分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基團。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為多羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected from the following alkali-soluble resins, which are linear organic high molecular polymers, and are molecules (preferably molecules having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). There is at least one group that promotes alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic acid/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferred in terms of controlling developability. In particular, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable.

促進鹼可溶性的基團(以下亦稱為酸基)例如可列舉:羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為可溶於有機溶劑中且可利用弱鹼性水溶液進行顯影,作為特佳者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸基。該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 Examples of the group which promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group and the like, and are preferably soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed with a weakly basic aqueous solution. As a particularly preferable one, a (meth)acrylic group is mentioned. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

所述可於聚合後賦予酸基的單體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯等具有羥基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環氧基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-異氰酸酯基乙酯等具有異氰酸酯基的單體等。該些用以導入酸基的單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。為了於鹼可溶性樹脂中導入酸基,例如只要將具有酸基的單體及/或可於聚合後賦予酸基的單體(以下有時亦稱為「用以導入酸基的單體」)作為單體成分來進行聚合即可。 Examples of the monomer which can give an acid group after the polymerization include a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate or a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate. A monomer having an isocyanate group such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate or the like. These monomers for introducing an acid group may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In order to introduce an acid group into the alkali-soluble resin, for example, a monomer having an acid group and/or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "a monomer for introducing an acid group") may be used. The polymerization may be carried out as a monomer component.

再者,於將可於聚合後賦予酸基的單體作為單體成分來導入酸基的情形時,必須於聚合後進行例如後述般的用以賦予酸基的處理。 In the case where a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization is introduced as a monomer component, it is necessary to carry out a treatment for imparting an acid group as described later after the polymerization.

製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如可應用公知的利用自由基聚合法的方法。利用自由基聚合法來製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等聚合條件可由本領域技術人員容易地設定,亦能以實驗方式來決定條件。 When the alkali-soluble resin is produced, for example, a known method using a radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, and the kind of the solvent when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can be determined experimentally. .

可用作鹼可溶性樹脂的線性有機高分子聚合物較佳為側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,可列舉:甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等,以及側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的聚合物上加成酸酐而成者。尤其(甲基)丙烯酸與可與其共聚合的其他單體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合的其他單體可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯系化合物 等。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等;乙烯系化合物可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體等,日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的作為N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體的N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺等。再者,該些可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合的其他單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 The linear organic high molecular polymer which can be used as the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, and examples thereof include a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and a butenoic acid copolymer. , an alkali-soluble phenol resin such as a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, a novolac type resin, or the like, and an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, and an addition to a polymer having a hydroxyl group Anhydride is the only one. In particular, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid with other monomers copolymerizable therewith are suitable as alkali-soluble resins. Other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include alkyl (meth)acrylate, aryl (meth)acrylate, and vinyl compound. Wait. Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the aryl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and butyl (meth)acrylate. Ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate , (methyl) methacrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, etc.; examples of the vinyl compound: styrene, α-methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, methacrylic acid Glycidyl ester, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc., Japanese Patent Laid-Open 10 N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, which is a N-substituted maleimide monomer described in the publication No. -300922. Further, these other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳為含有聚合物(a),該聚合物(a)是將必需下述通式(ED)所表示的化合物(以下有時亦稱為「醚二聚物」)的單體成分聚合而成。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably contains a polymer (a) which is a single compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "ether dimer") which is required to be represented by the following formula (ED). The body composition is polymerized.

通式(ED)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具 有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基。 In the general formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

藉此,本發明的著色組成物可形成耐熱性與透明性均極為優異的硬化塗膜。表示所述醚二聚物的所述通式(ED)中,R1及R2所表示的可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基並無特別限制,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等經烷氧基取代的烷基;苄基等經芳基取代的烷基等。該等中,尤其就耐熱性的方面而言,較佳為如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等般的不易因酸或熱而脫離的一級或二級碳的取代基。 Thereby, the colored composition of the present invention can form a cured coating film which is extremely excellent in heat resistance and transparency. In the above formula (ED) of the ether dimer, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl group and ethyl group. Linear or branched alkyl such as n-propyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, stearyl, lauryl or 2-ethylhexyl An aryl group such as a phenyl group; an alicyclic ring such as a cyclohexyl group, a tert-butylcyclohexyl group, a dicyclopentadienyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, an isobornyl group, an adamantyl group or a 2-methyl-2-adamantyl group; An alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group such as a 1-methoxyethyl group or a 1-ethoxyethyl group; an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as a benzyl group; and the like. Among these, in particular, in terms of heat resistance, a substituent of a primary or secondary carbon which is not easily removed by acid or heat such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a benzyl group is preferable.

所述醚二聚物的具體例例如可列舉:二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯(dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-propenoate)、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三戊基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(硬脂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(月桂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-乙基己 基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-甲氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-乙氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基環己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(二環戊二烯基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(三環癸基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異冰片基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。該等中,特佳為二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯。該些醚二聚物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。來源於所述通式(ED)所表示的化合物的結構體亦可使其他單體進行共聚合。 Specific examples of the ether dimer include, for example, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate (dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene) )]bis-2-propenoate), diethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-propyl)-2,2'-[oxo Bis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isopropyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-butyl)- 2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isobutyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate , bis(tert-butyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(third pentyl)-2,2'-[oxo double (Asia Methyl)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(stearyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(lauryl)-2,2' -[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(2-ethylhexyl) -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxo-bis(methylene) Bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'- [Oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2 '-[Oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(t-butylcyclohexyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate , bis(dicyclopentadienyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(tricycloindenyl)-2,2'-[oxo double (methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(isobornyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diamantyl-2,2 '-[Oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(2-methyl-2-adamantyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]-di- 2-acrylate and the like. Among these, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxo-bis(methylene) )] bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxo double (Asia Methyl)] bis-2-acrylate. These ether dimers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The structure derived from the compound represented by the above formula (ED) may also copolymerize other monomers.

另外,為了提高本發明的著色組成物的交聯效率,亦可使用具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。作為具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,有用的是側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙氧基烷基等的鹼可溶性樹脂等。所述含有聚合性基的聚合物的例子可列舉:戴娜爾(Dainal)NR系列(三菱麗陽股份有限公司製造),付拓馬(Photomer)6173(含COOH的聚胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸寡聚 物(polyurethane acrylic oligomer),戴蒙德-沙姆洛克股份有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,)製造),比斯克(Biscoat)R-264、KS抗蝕劑(KS Resist)106(均為大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造),賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列、普拉克賽爾(Placcel)CF200系列(均為大賽璐化學工業股份有限公司製造),艾白克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐UCB股份有限公司製造)等。該些含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂較佳為以下樹脂:經胺基甲酸酯改質的含聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸系樹脂,其是藉由預先使異氰酸酯基與OH基反應而殘留一個未反應的異氰酸酯基且含有(甲基)丙烯醯基的化合物、與含羧基的丙烯酸系樹脂的反應而獲得;含不飽和基的丙烯酸系樹脂,其是藉由含羧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、與分子內一併具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵的化合物的反應而獲得;酸側位型環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂;含聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸系樹脂,其是使含OH基的丙烯酸系樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵的二元酸酐反應而成;使含OH基的丙烯酸系樹脂、異氰酸酯及具有聚合性基的化合物反應而成的樹脂;日本專利特開2002-229207號公報及日本專利特開2003-335814號公報中記載的藉由對以下樹脂進行鹼性處理而獲得的樹脂等,所述樹脂於側鏈上具有在α位或β位上具有鹵素原子或磺酸酯基等脫離基的酯基。 Further, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the colored composition of the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group may also be used. The alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group is preferably an alkali-soluble resin containing an allyl group, a (meth)acrylic group, an allyloxyalkyl group or the like in a side chain. Examples of the polymerizable group-containing polymer include Dainal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) and Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing polyurethane oligoacrylate) Gather Polyurethane acrylic oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd., Biscoat R-264, KS Resist 106 (both Osaka Organic) Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series, Placcel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (Malaysia UCB shares) Ltd. manufactured) and so on. The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is preferably a resin containing a polymerizable double bond modified by a urethane, which is left by reacting an isocyanate group with an OH group in advance. An unreacted isocyanate group and a (meth)acryloyl group-containing compound and a reaction with a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin; and an unsaturated group-containing acrylic resin which is a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin and A reaction obtained by reacting a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double bond in an molecule; an acid side-position epoxy acrylate resin; an acrylic resin containing a polymerizable double bond, which is an OH group-containing acrylic resin a resin obtained by reacting a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond; a resin obtained by reacting an OH group-containing acrylic resin, an isocyanate, and a polymerizable group; and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-229207 and Japanese Patent No. A resin or the like obtained by subjecting a resin to an alkali treatment, which has a halogen atom or a sulfonate at the α-position or the β-position on the side chain, as described in JP-A-2003-335814. An ester group such as an acid ester group or the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物或包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體的多元共聚物。除此以外,可列舉:將甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚合而成者、 日本專利特開平7-140654號公報中記載的(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸-2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等,特佳可列舉甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸的共聚物等。 The alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic copolymer or a multicomponent copolymer comprising benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer. In addition, a method of copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate may be mentioned. 2-Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3 acrylate, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. 7-145. -Phenoxypropyl ester / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methacrylic acid Ester/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, etc., especially benzyl methacrylate/methyl Acrylic copolymer and the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報的段落0558~段落0571(對應的美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])以後的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 The content of the alkali-soluble resin can be referred to in the following paragraphs 0558 to 5571 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding to U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099; Incorporated into the specification of the present application.

進而較佳為使用日本專利特開2012-32767號公報中記載的段落編號0029~段落編號0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落編號0088~段落編號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落編號0022~段落編號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落編號0132~段落編號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落編號0092~段落編號0098及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落編號0030~段落編號0072的記載的黏合劑樹脂。將該些內 容併入至本申請案說明書中。更具體而言,較佳為下述樹脂。 Further, it is preferable to use the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph No. 0063 described in JP-A-2012-32767, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208474 The adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0088 to Paragraph No. 0098 of the publication and the adhesive resin described in the example, and the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0022 to Paragraph No. 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531 The adhesive resin used in the example, the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0132 to Paragraph No. 0143 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-024934, and the adhesive resin used in the Example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-242752 Paragraph No. 0092 to Paragraph No. 0098 and the adhesive resin described in the examples, and the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0030 to Paragraph No. 0072 of JP-A-2012-032770. Inside The contents are incorporated into the specification of the present application. More specifically, the following resins are preferred.

[化59] [化59]

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值以較佳為30mgKOH/g~200 mgKOH/g、更佳為50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g為宜,最佳為70mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 mgKOH/g to 200. It is preferably mgKOH/g, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g to 150 mgKOH/g, most preferably 70 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~50,000,進而佳為5,000~30,000,最佳為7,000~20,000。 Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, most preferably from 7,000 to 20,000.

於著色組成物中含有鹼可溶性樹脂的情形時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,鹼可溶性樹脂於著色組成物中的含量較佳為1質量%~15質量%,更佳為2質量%~12質量%,特佳為3質量%~10質量%。 When the alkali-soluble resin is contained in the coloring composition, the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the coloring composition is preferably from 1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. ~12% by mass, particularly preferably 3% by mass to 10% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-有機溶劑- -Organic solvents-

本發明的組成物亦可含有有機溶劑。 The composition of the present invention may also contain an organic solvent.

有機溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈性,則基本上無特別限制,特佳為考慮到紫外線吸收劑、鹼可溶性樹脂或分散劑等的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性而選擇。另外,於製備本發明的組成物時,較佳為包含至少兩種有機溶劑。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coating property of the colored photosensitive resin composition, and is particularly preferably in consideration of solubility in an ultraviolet absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dispersant, or the like. Choose sex and safety. Further, in the preparation of the composition of the present invention, it is preferred to contain at least two organic solvents.

有機溶劑可較佳地列舉:作為酯類的例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如3- 氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等;以及作為醚類的例如二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等;以及作為酮類的例如甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;以及作為芳香族烴類的例如甲苯、二甲苯等。 The organic solvent may preferably be exemplified as esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, butyrate B. Ester, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg methyl methoxyacetate, A) Ethyl oxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-oxopropionate (eg 3- Methyl oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3- Ethyl ethoxypropionate, etc.), alkyl 2-oxopropionate (for example, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc.) (eg methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate Ester)), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate (for example methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2- Ethyl ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate , 2-oxobutyric acid ethyl ester, etc.; and as ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, B Base cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate , propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc.; and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; and as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, etc. .

就改良紫外線吸收劑及鹼可溶性樹脂的溶解性、塗佈表面狀態等的觀點而言,該些有機溶劑亦較佳為混合兩種以上。於該情形時,特佳為由選自以下溶劑中的兩種以上所構成的混合溶液:所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯。 From the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the ultraviolet absorber and the alkali-soluble resin, the surface state of the coating, and the like, it is preferred to mix the organic solvents in two or more kinds. In this case, a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve is particularly preferred. Acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl Kikabi alcohol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,有機溶劑於組成物中的含量較佳為設定為組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5質量%~80質量%的量,進而佳為5質量%~60質量%,特佳為10質量%~50質量%。 The content of the organic solvent in the composition is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the composition is from 5% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass. , particularly preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

-交聯劑- -crosslinker -

亦可於本發明的組成物中補充使用交聯劑,進一步提高使組成物硬化而成的硬化膜的硬度。 It is also possible to supplement the use of the crosslinking agent in the composition of the present invention to further increase the hardness of the cured film obtained by curing the composition.

交聯劑只要可藉由交聯反應來進行膜硬化,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂;(b)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物;(c)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (a) an epoxy resin; and (b) a selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and an anthracene oxygen group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent in the methyl group; (c) at least one selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and a decyloxymethyl group A substituted phenol compound, a naphthol compound or a hydroxy hydrazine compound. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy resin is preferred.

關於交聯劑的具體例等詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載。 For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent, the descriptions of paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 can be referred to.

於本發明的組成物中含有交聯劑的情形時,交聯劑的調配量並無特別限定,較佳為組成物的總固體成分的2質量%~30質量%,更佳為3質量%~20質量%。 When the crosslinking agent is contained in the composition of the present invention, the amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. ~20% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種交聯劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of crosslinking agent, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-聚合抑制劑- - Polymerization inhibitors -

於本發明的組成物中,為了於所述組成物的製造中或保存中阻止聚合性化合物的不需要的熱聚合,理想的是添加少量的聚合 抑制劑。 In the composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unwanted thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during or during storage of the composition, it is desirable to add a small amount of polymerization. Inhibitor.

本發明中可使用的聚合抑制劑可列舉:對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺亞鈰鹽等。 The polymerization inhibitor which can be used in the present invention may, for example, be hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-Asia Nitrophenylhydroxylamine sulfonium salt and the like.

於本發明的組成物中含有聚合抑制劑的情形時,相對於所有組成物的質量,聚合抑制劑的添加量較佳為約0.01質量%~約5質量%。本發明的組成物可僅含有一種聚合抑制劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 In the case where the composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the amount of the polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from about 0.01% by mass to about 5% by mass based on the mass of all the components. The composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-界面活性劑- - surfactant -

本發明的組成物中,就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,亦可添加各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑可使用:氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。 In the composition of the present invention, various surfactants may be added from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

尤其本發明的組成物藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,於製備成塗佈液時的溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,故可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。 In particular, since the composition of the present invention contains a fluorine-based surfactant, the solution characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of preparation of the coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of the coating thickness or the liquid-saving property can be further improved.

即,於使用應用含有氟系界面活性劑的組成物的塗佈液來進行膜形成的情形時,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力降低,對被塗佈面的濡濕性得到改善,對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,即便於以少量的液量來形成幾微米(μm)左右的薄膜的情形時,亦可更佳地進行厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜形成,就此方面而言 有效。 In other words, when the film formation is carried out using a coating liquid using a composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension of the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is lowered to wet the coated surface. It is improved and the coating property to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, even when a film of a few micrometers (μm) is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is possible to more preferably form a film having a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness, and in this respect, effective.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑於塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面有效,於組成物中的溶解性亦良好。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-containing surfactant is effective in the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property in the range of the fluorine-based surfactant, and the solubility in the composition is also good.

氟系界面活性劑例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳法(Megafac)F781(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),弗拉德(Fluorad)FC430、弗拉德(Fluorad)FC431、弗拉德(Fluorad)FC171(以上為住友3M(股)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上為旭硝子(股)製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, and Megafac F141. , Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac F781 (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC)), Fluorad FC430, Fu Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above Sumitomo 3M), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC -383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.).

非離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如丙氧基化甘油、乙氧基化甘油等)、聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙 基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造的普羅尼克(Pluronic)L10、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L31、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L61、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L62、普羅尼克(Pluronic)10R5、普羅尼克(Pluronic)17R2、普羅尼克(Pluronic)25R2、特羅尼克(Tetronic)304、特羅尼克(Tetronic)701、特羅尼克(Tetronic)704、特羅尼克(Tetronic)901、特羅尼克(Tetronic)904、特羅尼克(Tetronic)150R1)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)20000(日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股))等。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, propoxylated glycerin, ethoxylated glycerin). Etc.), polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxygen Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol Distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, Pluronic L31, Pluronic L61, Pluronic L62, Pronk, manufactured by BASF) (Pluronic) 10R5, Pluronic 17R2, Pluronic 25R2, Tetronic 304, Tetronic 701, Tetronic 704, Tetronic 901 , Tetronic 904, Tetronic 150R1), Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol, etc.).

陽離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:埃夫卡(EFKA)-745,森下產業(股)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.75、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.90、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.95(共榮社化學(股)製造),W001(裕商(股)製造)等。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include a phthalocyanine derivative (trade name: Efka (EFKA)-745, manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd.), and an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.). , (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No. 75, Polyflow No. 90, Polyflow No. 95 (Kyoeisha Chemicals ( () manufacturing), W001 (Yu Shang (share) manufacturing) and so on.

陰離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉W004、W005、W017(裕商(股)公司製造)等。 Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusei Co., Ltd.).

矽酮系界面活性劑例如可列舉:東麗道康寧(Toray-Dow corning)(股)製造的「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH7PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC11PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH21PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH28PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH29PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH30PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH8400」,邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造的「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」,信越矽酮股份有限公司製造的「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造「畢克(BYK)307」、「畢克(BYK)323」、「畢克(BYK)330」等。 Examples of the fluorenone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, and East, manufactured by Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Toray Silicone DC11PA", "Toray Silicone SH21PA", "Torayone (Toray) Silicone) SH28PA", "Toray Silicone SH29PA", "Toray Silicone SH30PA", "Toray Silicone SH8400", Momentive Performance Materials "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445", "TSF-4460", "TSF-4452" manufactured by the company, "KP341", "KF6001" and "KF6001" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. KF6002", BYK Chemie manufactures "BYK 307", "BYK" 323", "BYK" 330 and so on.

界面活性劑可僅使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上。 The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於本發明的組成物中含有界面活性劑的情形時,相對於組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the surfactant is contained in the composition of the present invention, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably from 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of the composition. .

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種界面活性劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-其他添加物- -Other additives -

本發明的組成物中,視需要可調配各種添加物,例如填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。該些添加物可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0155~段落0156中記載者。 In the composition of the present invention, various additives such as a filler, a adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent and the like may be blended as needed. The additives are described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116.

於本發明的組成物中,可含有日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0078中記載的增感劑或光穩定劑、該公報的段落0081中記載的熱聚合抑制劑。 The composition of the present invention may contain the sensitizer or light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the publication.

紫外線吸收劑具體而言較佳為使用以下化合物。 Specifically, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably the following compound.

--有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐-- --Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride --

本發明的組成物亦可含有分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐。 The composition of the present invention may also contain an organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride.

有機羧酸化合物具體可列舉脂肪族羧酸或芳香族羧酸。脂肪族羧酸例如可列舉:甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、三甲基乙酸、己酸、甘醇酸、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等單羧酸,草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸、環己烷二羧酸、環己烯二羧酸、衣康酸、檸康酸、馬來酸、富馬酸等二羧酸,1,2,3-丙三甲酸、烏頭酸等三羧酸等。另外,芳香族羧酸例如可列舉:苯甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸等羧基直接鍵結於苯基的羧酸,及自苯基介隔碳鍵而鍵結羧基的羧酸類。該等中,特佳為分子量600以下、特別是分子量50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為馬來酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、衣康酸。 Specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid compound include an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, trimethylacetic acid, caproic acid, glycolic acid, acrylic acid, and methacrylic acid, and oxalic acid, malonic acid, and amber. Dicarboxylic acids such as acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, etc. Tricarboxylic acid such as 2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid or aconitic acid. Further, examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group such as benzoic acid or phthalic acid is directly bonded to a phenyl group, and a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group is bonded to a carboxyl group via a phenyl group. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable, and specific examples thereof include maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, and itaconic acid.

有機羧酸酐例如可列舉脂肪族羧酸酐、芳香族羧酸酐,具體而言,例如可列舉:乙酸酐、三氯乙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐、 戊二酸酐、1,2-環己烯二羧酸酐、正十八烷基琥珀酸酐、5-降冰片烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等脂肪族羧酸酐。芳香族羧酸酐例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、萘二甲酸酐等。該等中,特佳為分子量600以下、特別是分子量50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐。 Examples of the organic carboxylic acid anhydride include an aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydride and an aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. Specific examples thereof include acetic anhydride, trichloroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and Malay. Anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, An aliphatic carboxylic anhydride such as glutaric anhydride, 1,2-cyclohexene dicarboxylic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride or 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and naphthalic anhydride. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable, and specifically, for example, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride are preferable.

於本發明的組成物中含有有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐的情形時,該些有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐的添加量通常於總固體成分中為0.01質量%~10質量%,較佳為0.03質量%~5質量%,更佳為0.05質量%~3質量%的範圍。 When the organic carboxylic acid or the organic carboxylic acid anhydride is contained in the composition of the present invention, the amount of the organic carboxylic acid and/or the organic carboxylic acid anhydride is usually 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total solid content. It is in the range of 0.03 mass% to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05 mass% to 3% mass%.

藉由添加該些分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐,可保持高的圖案密接性,並且進一步減少組成物的未溶解物的殘存。 By adding these organic carboxylic acids and/or organic carboxylic anhydrides having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less, high pattern adhesion can be maintained, and the residual of the composition can be further reduced.

<著色感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法> <Method for Preparing Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition>

本發明的組成物是藉由將上文所述的成分混合而製備。 The composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the ingredients described above.

再者,於製備組成物時,可將構成組成物的各成分一次性調配,亦可將各成分溶解.分散於溶劑中後逐次調配。另外,調配時投入順序或作業條件不受特別限制。例如可將所有成分同時溶解.分散於溶劑中而製備組成物,視需要亦可預先將各成分適當製成兩種以上的溶液.分散液,並於使用時(塗佈時)將該等混合而製備成組成物。 Furthermore, in the preparation of the composition, the components constituting the composition may be formulated at one time, or the components may be dissolved. Disperse in a solvent and then mix them one by one. In addition, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly limited. For example, all ingredients can be dissolved at the same time. The composition is prepared by dispersing in a solvent, and if necessary, the components may be appropriately prepared into two or more kinds of solutions. The dispersion was mixed and prepared at the time of use (at the time of coating) to prepare a composition.

如上所述般製備的組成物可使用較佳為孔徑0.01μm~3.0μm、更佳為孔徑0.05μm~0.5μm左右的過濾器等進行過濾分 離後供使用。 The composition prepared as described above can be subjected to filtration using a filter having a pore diameter of preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably a pore diameter of 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm. For later use.

本發明的組成物可形成耐熱性及顏色特性優異的硬化膜,故可較佳地用於形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色層)。另外,本發明的組成物可較佳地用作固體攝像元件(例如CCD、CMOS等)或液晶顯示裝置(LCD)等圖像顯示裝置中所用的彩色濾光片等的著色圖案形成用。進而,亦可較佳地用於印刷油墨、噴墨油墨及塗料等的製作用途。其中,可較佳地用於CCD及CMOS等固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片的製作用途。 Since the composition of the present invention can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and color characteristics, it can be preferably used for forming a colored pattern (colored layer) of a color filter. Further, the composition of the present invention can be preferably used for forming a coloring pattern such as a color filter used in an image display device such as a solid-state imaging device (for example, CCD, CMOS, or the like) or a liquid crystal display device (LCD). Further, it can also be preferably used for production of printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like. Among them, it can be preferably used for the production of color filters for solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs and CMOSs.

<硬化膜、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片及彩色濾光片的製造方法> <Method for Producing Cured Film, Pattern Forming Method, Color Filter, and Color Filter>

繼而,對本發明的著色硬化膜、圖案形成方法及彩色濾光片加以詳述。 Next, the colored cured film, the pattern forming method, and the color filter of the present invention will be described in detail.

本發明的圖案形成方法包括以下步驟:著色感光性樹脂組成物層形成步驟,將本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物賦予至支持體上而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層(以下亦稱為「著色組成物層」);曝光步驟,將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀;以及圖案形成步驟,將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案。 The pattern forming method of the present invention includes the steps of: forming a photosensitive resin composition layer forming step, and applying the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin composition layer (hereinafter also referred to as " a coloring composition layer"); an exposure step of exposing the colored composition layer to a pattern; and a pattern forming step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.

本發明的圖案形成方法可較佳地應用於形成彩色濾光片所具有的著色圖案(畫素)。 The pattern forming method of the present invention can be preferably applied to forming a coloring pattern (pixel) which the color filter has.

藉由本發明的圖案形成方法來形成圖案的支持體除了基板等板狀物以外,只要為可應用於圖案形成的支持體,則並無特別限定。 The support for forming a pattern by the pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a support that can be applied to pattern formation, other than a plate-like material such as a substrate.

以下,藉由固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法來對本發明的圖案形成方法中的各步驟加以詳細說明,但本發明不限定於該方法。 Hereinafter, each step in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail by a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, but the present invention is not limited to this method.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法應用本發明的圖案形成方法,包括使用本發明的圖案形成方法於支持體上形成著色圖案的步驟。 The method for producing a color filter of the present invention employs the pattern forming method of the present invention, comprising the step of forming a colored pattern on a support using the pattern forming method of the present invention.

即,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法應用本發明的圖案形成方法,且其特徵在於包括以下步驟:將本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層的步驟;將所述著色感光性樹脂組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。進而,視需要亦可設置對著色感光性樹脂組成物層進行烘烤的步驟(預烘烤步驟)、及對經顯影的著色圖案進行烘烤的步驟(後烘烤步驟)。以下,有時將該些步驟統稱為圖案形成步驟。 That is, the method for producing a color filter of the present invention is applied to the pattern forming method of the present invention, and is characterized in that it comprises the steps of applying the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin. a step of exposing the colored photosensitive resin composition layer to a pattern; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern. Further, a step of baking the colored photosensitive resin composition layer (prebaking step) and a step of baking the developed colored pattern (post baking step) may be provided as needed. Hereinafter, these steps are collectively referred to as a pattern forming step.

本發明的彩色濾光片可藉由所述製造方法而較佳地獲得。 The color filter of the present invention can be preferably obtained by the above manufacturing method.

以下,有時將固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片簡稱為「彩色濾光片」。 Hereinafter, the color filter for a solid-state imaging device may be simply referred to as a "color filter".

以下,對本發明的圖案形成方法的各步驟藉由本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法來加以詳述。 Hereinafter, each step of the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail by the method of producing the color filter of the present invention.

<形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層的步驟> <Step of Forming Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition Layer>

於形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層的步驟中,於支持體上應用本發明的組成物而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層。 In the step of forming the colored photosensitive resin composition layer, the composition of the present invention is applied to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin composition layer.

該步驟中可使用的支持體例如可使用:於基板(例如矽基板)上設有電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)或互補式金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等攝像元件(受光元件)的固體攝像元件用基板。 For the support which can be used in this step, for example, a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) may be provided with a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS). A substrate for a solid-state image sensor of an element (light receiving element).

本發明的著色圖案可形成於固體攝像元件用基板的攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可形成於未形成攝像元件的面側(背面)。 The colored pattern of the present invention can be formed on the imaging element forming surface side (surface) of the solid-state imaging device substrate, or can be formed on the surface side (back surface) where the imaging element is not formed.

亦可於固體攝像元件的著色圖案之間、或固體攝像元件用基板的背面上設有遮光膜。 A light shielding film may be provided between the colored patterns of the solid-state image sensor or the back surface of the solid-state image sensor substrate.

另外,於支持體上,視需要亦可設置底塗層以改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散或實現基板表面的平坦化。 Further, on the support, an undercoat layer may be provided as needed to improve adhesion to the upper layer, to prevent diffusion of substances, or to planarize the surface of the substrate.

於支持體上應用本發明的組成物的方法可應用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。 Various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be applied to the method of applying the composition of the present invention to a support.

塗佈於支持體上的著色感光性組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可利用熱板(hot plate)、烘箱(oven)等在50℃~140℃的溫度下進行10秒~300秒。 The drying (prebaking) of the colored photosensitive composition layer coated on the support can be carried out at a temperature of 50 ° C to 140 ° C for 10 seconds to 300 seconds using a hot plate, an oven or the like.

<<將著色感光性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟(利用光微影法來進行圖案形成的情形)>> <<Step of exposing the coloring photosensitive composition layer into a pattern (in the case of pattern formation by photolithography)>> -曝光步驟- - Exposure step -

於曝光步驟中,例如使用步進機等曝光裝置,介隔具有既定的遮罩圖案的遮罩,對著色感光性組成物層形成步驟中形成的著 色感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光。藉此可獲得硬化膜。 In the exposure step, for example, using a exposure device such as a stepper, a mask having a predetermined mask pattern is interposed, and the coloring photosensitive composition layer forming step is formed. The photosensitive composition layer is subjected to pattern exposure. Thereby, a cured film can be obtained.

曝光時可使用的放射線(光)尤其可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(特佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)較佳為30mJ/cm2~1500mJ/cm2,更佳為50mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2,最佳為80mJ/cm2~500mJ/cm2In particular, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays (particularly i-rays) such as g-rays and i-rays for radiation (light) which can be used for exposure. Irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, most preferably 80mJ / cm 2 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

硬化膜的膜厚較佳為1.0μm以下,更佳為0.1μm~0.9μm,進而佳為0.2μm~0.8μm。 The film thickness of the cured film is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.9 μm, still more preferably 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm.

藉由將膜厚設定為1.0μm以下,可獲得高解析性、高密接性,故較佳。 By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be obtained, which is preferable.

另外,於該步驟中,亦可較佳地形成具有0.7μm以下的薄的膜厚的硬化膜,藉由利用後述圖案形成步驟對所得的硬化膜進行顯影處理,可獲得即便為薄膜亦顯影性、表面粗糙抑制性及圖案形狀優異的著色圖案。 Further, in this step, a cured film having a thin film thickness of 0.7 μm or less can be preferably formed, and the obtained cured film can be developed by a pattern forming step to be described later, thereby obtaining developability even for a film. A coloring pattern excellent in surface roughness suppression and pattern shape.

<<<形成著色圖案的步驟>>> <<<Steps for forming a colored pattern>>>

繼而進行鹼顯影處理,藉此曝光步驟中的未經光照射的部分的著色感光性組成物層溶出至鹼性水溶液中,僅經光硬化的部分殘留。 Then, an alkali development treatment is performed, whereby the colored photosensitive composition layer of the portion which is not irradiated with light in the exposure step is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, and only the photocured portion remains.

顯影液理想的是不對底層的攝像元件或電路等造成損傷(damage)的有機鹼顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間以前為20秒~90秒。為了進一步去除殘渣,近年來亦有實施120秒~180秒的情況。進而,為了進一步提高殘渣去除性,有時亦重複以下步驟幾次:每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯 影液。 The developer is desirably an organic alkali developer which does not cause damage to the underlying imaging element or circuit. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to further remove the residue, in recent years, it has been carried out for 120 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to further improve the residue removal property, the following steps may be repeated several times: the developer is removed every 60 seconds, and the supply is further re-applied. Shadow liquid.

顯影液中所用的鹼劑例如可列舉:氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,可較佳地使用利用純水將該些鹼劑以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~1質量%的方式稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液作為顯影液。 Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developing solution include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. An organic basic compound such as a amide, a benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, a choline, a pyrrole, a piperidine or a 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene, preferably An alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting the alkali agent so as to have a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass, is used as a developing solution.

再者,顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼,無機鹼例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等。 Further, an inorganic base may be used in the developer. The inorganic base is preferably, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate or sodium metasilicate.

再者,於使用包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。 Further, in the case of using a developing solution containing such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

繼而,較佳為實施了乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。若形成多種顏色的著色圖案,則可每種顏色逐一依序重複所述步驟來製造硬化皮膜。藉此可獲得彩色濾光片。 Then, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. If a color pattern of a plurality of colors is formed, the steps may be repeated one by one for each color to produce a hardened film. Thereby, a color filter can be obtained.

後烘烤為用以使硬化完全的顯影後的加熱處理,通常於100℃~240℃、較佳為200℃~240℃下進行熱硬化處理。 The post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete hardening, and is usually performed at 100 ° C to 240 ° C, preferably 200 ° C to 240 ° C.

可使用熱板或對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為所述條件的方式以連續式或批次式對顯影後的塗佈膜進行所述後烘烤處理。 The post-baking of the developed coating film may be carried out in a continuous or batch manner by using a heating mechanism such as a hot plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heating machine in such a manner as to achieve the above conditions. Baked.

<<形成光阻層的步驟、獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟及進行乾蝕刻的步驟(利用乾蝕刻法來進行圖案形成的情形)>> <<Step of Forming Photoresist Layer, Step of Obtaining Resist Pattern, and Step of Performing Dry Etching (When Patterning Is Performed by Dry Etching)>>

乾蝕刻可將經圖案化的光阻層作為遮罩使用蝕刻氣體來進行。具體而言,於使著色感光性樹脂組成物層硬化所得的著色層上塗佈正型或負型的感放射線性組成物,並使其乾燥,藉此形成光阻層。於光阻層的形成時,較佳為進一步實施預烘烤處理。光阻層的形成製程尤其理想的是實施曝光後的加熱處理(曝光後烘烤(Post-Exposure Bake,PEB))、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)的形態。 Dry etching can be performed using the patterned photoresist layer as a mask using an etching gas. Specifically, a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition is applied onto the colored layer obtained by curing the colored photosensitive resin composition layer, and dried to form a photoresist layer. At the time of formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferred to further carry out the prebaking treatment. The formation process of the photoresist layer is particularly preferably a form in which heat treatment (Post-Exposure Bake (PEB)) after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed.

光阻例如可使用正型的感放射線性組成物。該正型的感放射線性組成物可使用感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等的遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線的適於正型光阻用的正型抗蝕劑組成物。放射線中,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線,其中較佳為i射線。 For the photoresist, for example, a positive type radiation sensitive composition can be used. The positive radiation sensitive composition can be used for inductive ultraviolet rays (g rays, h rays, i rays), far ultraviolet rays including excimer lasers, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays. A resist type positive resist composition. In the radiation, it is preferably g-ray, h-ray, or i-ray, and among them, i-ray is preferable.

具體而言,正型的感放射線性組成物較佳為含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的組成物。含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的正型的感放射線性組成物利用以下情況:藉由500nm以下的波長的光照射而醌二疊氮基發生分解產生羧基,結果由鹼不溶狀態變為鹼可溶性。該正型光阻的解析力明顯優異,故可用於製作積體電路(Integrated Circuit,IC)或大規模積體電路(Large Scale Integration,LSI)等積體電路。醌二疊氮化合物可列舉萘醌二疊氮化合物。市售品例如可列舉「FHi622BC」(富士膠片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronic Materials)公司製造)等。 Specifically, the positive radiation sensitive composition is preferably a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin. A positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is obtained by decomposing a quinonediazide group by light irradiation at a wavelength of 500 nm or less to produce a carboxyl group, and the result is changed from an alkali-insoluble state. Alkali soluble. Since the positive resist has an excellent resolving power, it can be used to form an integrated circuit such as an integrated circuit (IC) or a large scale integrated circuit (LSI). The quinonediazide compound may be a naphthoquinonediazide compound. For example, "FHi622BC" (made by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned as a commercial item.

光阻層的厚度較佳為0.1μm~3μm,較佳為0.2μm~2.5 μm,進而佳為0.3μm~2μm。再者,利用塗佈的光阻層的形成可使用上文已述的著色層的塗佈方法來較佳地進行。 The thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably from 0.1 μm to 3 μm, preferably from 0.2 μm to 2.5. Μm, and further preferably 0.3 μm to 2 μm. Furthermore, the formation of the coated photoresist layer can be preferably carried out using the coating method of the coloring layer described above.

繼而,對光阻層進行曝光、顯影,藉此形成設有抗蝕劑貫通孔組群的抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻層)。抗蝕劑圖案的形成並無特別限制,可將以前公知的光微影技術適當地最適化來進行。藉由曝光、顯影而於光阻層中設置抗蝕劑貫通孔組群,藉此將作為後續的蝕刻中所用的蝕刻遮罩的抗蝕劑圖案設置於著色層上。 Then, the photoresist layer is exposed and developed to form a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with a resist through-hole group. The formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and the conventionally known photolithography technique can be appropriately optimized. A resist through-hole group is provided in the photoresist layer by exposure and development, whereby a resist pattern as an etching mask used for subsequent etching is provided on the colored layer.

光阻層的曝光可藉由以下方式來進行:介隔既定的遮罩圖案,對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物利用g射線、h射線、i射線等、較佳為i射線實施曝光。曝光後,藉由利用顯影液進行顯影處理,而與欲形成著色圖案的區域相對應地將光阻去除。 The exposure of the photoresist layer can be performed by interposing a predetermined mask pattern, and using a g-ray, an h-ray, an i-ray, or the like, preferably an i-ray, for a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition. exposure. After the exposure, the photoresist is removed by performing development processing using a developer to correspond to a region where the colored pattern is to be formed.

所述顯影液只要對含有著色劑的著色層不造成影響,且將正型抗蝕劑的曝光部及負型抗蝕劑的未硬化部溶解,則均可使用,例如可使用各種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液較佳為將鹼性化合物以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%的方式溶解而製備的鹼性水溶液。鹼性化合物例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等。另外,於使用鹼性水溶液作為顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用水實施清洗處理。 The developer may be used as long as it does not affect the coloring layer containing the coloring agent, and the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist may be used. For example, various organic solvents may be used. Combination or alkaline aqueous solution. The alkaline aqueous solution is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving a basic compound in a concentration of from 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Tetraethylammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, and the like. Further, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used as the developing solution, the cleaning treatment is usually performed by water after development.

繼而,將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,以於著色層中形成貫通孔組群的方式藉由乾蝕刻進行圖案化。藉此形成著色圖案。貫通孔組群是以棋盤格狀設置於著色層中。因此,於著色層中設有貫通孔組群的第1著色圖案以棋盤格狀而具有多個四角形狀的第1著色畫素。 Then, the resist pattern is used as an etching mask, and patterning is performed by dry etching so that the through-hole group is formed in the colored layer. Thereby a colored pattern is formed. The through hole group is disposed in the colored layer in a checkerboard pattern. Therefore, the first colored pattern in which the through-hole group is provided in the colored layer has a plurality of square-shaped first colored pixels in a checkerboard pattern.

就使圖案剖面形成得更接近矩形的觀點或進一步減少對支持體的損傷的觀點而言,乾蝕刻較佳為按以下形態來進行。 From the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangular shape or further reducing damage to the support, dry etching is preferably performed in the following form.

較佳為包括第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻及過蝕刻的形態,所述第1階段的蝕刻使用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至支持體不露出的區域(深度)為止,所述第2階段的蝕刻於所述第1階段的蝕刻後,使用氮氣(N2)與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至較佳為支持體露出的區域(深度)附近為止,所述過蝕刻是於支持體露出後進行。以下,對乾蝕刻的具體方法以及第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻及過蝕刻加以說明。 It is preferable to include a first-stage etching, a second-stage etching, and an over-etching. The first-stage etching uses a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ), and etching is performed until the support is not exposed. In the region (depth), the second-stage etching is performed after the etching in the first step, and etching is performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ) until it is preferable that the support is exposed. The over-etching is performed after the support is exposed, in the vicinity of (depth). Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching, etching in the first stage, etching in the second stage, and over etching will be described.

乾蝕刻是藉由下述方法預先求出蝕刻條件來進行。 Dry etching is performed by previously obtaining etching conditions by the following method.

(1)分別算出第1階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)、及第2階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)。(2)分別算出於第1階段的蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度的時間、及於第2階段的蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度的時間。(3)依照所述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第1階段的蝕刻。(4)依照所述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。或者,藉由終點(end point)檢測來決定蝕刻時間,根據所 決定的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。(5)針對所述(3)、(4)的合計時間來算出過蝕刻時間,實施過蝕刻。 (1) The etching rate (nm/min) of the etching in the first stage and the etching rate (nm/min) in the etching in the second stage were respectively calculated. (2) Calculate the time required for etching in the etching of the first stage and the time required to etch the required thickness in the etching of the second stage. (3) The first-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). (4) The second-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). Or, by the end point detection to determine the etching time, according to The etching of the second stage is performed by the determined etching time. (5) The overetching time is calculated for the total time of the above (3) and (4), and over etching is performed.

就將作為被蝕刻膜的有機材料加工成矩形的觀點而言,所述第1階段的蝕刻步驟中所用的混合氣體較佳為含有氟系氣體及氧氣(O2)。另外,第1階段的蝕刻步驟藉由設定為進行蝕刻直至支持體不露出的區域為止的形態,可避免支持體的損傷。另外,就避免支持體的損傷的觀點而言,所述第2階段的蝕刻步驟及所述過蝕刻步驟較佳為於第1階段的蝕刻步驟中藉由氟系氣體及氧氣的混合氣體實施蝕刻直至支持體不露出的區域為止後,使用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體來進行蝕刻處理。 The mixed gas used in the first-stage etching step preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be processed into a rectangular shape. Further, the etching step of the first step can be prevented from being damaged by the support so as to be etched until the region where the support is not exposed. Further, from the viewpoint of avoiding damage of the support, the etching step and the over-etching step in the second step are preferably performed by a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen in the etching step of the first-stage etching step. After the region where the support is not exposed, the etching treatment is performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.

第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量、與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量之比率重要的是以不損及由第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理所得的矩形性的方式來決定。再者,總蝕刻量(第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率較佳為大於0%且為50%以下的範圍,更佳為10%~20%。所謂蝕刻量,是指根據被蝕刻膜的殘存的膜厚與蝕刻前的膜厚之差所算出的量。 The ratio of the amount of etching in the etching step in the first step to the amount of etching in the etching step in the second step is important in such a manner as not to impair the squareness obtained by the etching treatment in the etching step of the first step. . Further, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the total of the etching amount in the etching step in the first step and the etching amount in the etching step in the second step) is preferably in a range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. More preferably 10% to 20%. The amount of etching refers to an amount calculated from the difference between the film thickness remaining in the film to be etched and the film thickness before etching.

另外,蝕刻較佳為包括過蝕刻處理。過蝕刻處理較佳為設定過蝕刻比率來進行。另外,過蝕刻比率較佳為根據最初進行的蝕刻處理時間來算出。過蝕刻比率可任意設定,就維持光阻的耐蝕刻性及被蝕刻圖案的矩形性的方面而言,較佳為蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下,更佳為5%~25%,特佳為10%~15%。 In addition, the etching preferably includes an overetching process. The overetching treatment is preferably performed by setting an overetch ratio. Further, the overetch ratio is preferably calculated based on the etching processing time that is initially performed. The overetching ratio can be arbitrarily set, and it is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 5% to 25%, of the etching treatment time in the etching step in terms of maintaining the etching resistance of the photoresist and the rectangularity of the etching pattern. , especially good 10% ~ 15%.

繼而,將蝕刻後殘存的抗蝕劑圖案(即蝕刻遮罩)去除。抗蝕劑圖案的去除較佳為包括以下步驟:於抗蝕劑圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑而將抗蝕劑圖案調整為可去除的狀態的步驟;以及使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。 Then, the resist pattern remaining after the etching (ie, the etching mask) is removed. The removal of the resist pattern preferably includes the steps of: applying a stripping liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern to adjust the resist pattern to a removable state; and removing the resist pattern using the washing water. step.

於抗蝕劑圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑而將抗蝕劑圖案調整為可去除的狀態的步驟例如可列舉:至少於抗蝕劑圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑,使之停滯既定的時間而進行浸置顯影的步驟。使剝離液或溶劑停滯的時間並無特別限制,較佳為幾十秒至幾分鐘。 The step of applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern to adjust the resist pattern to a removable state includes, for example, applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to at least the resist pattern, and stopping the film for a predetermined period of time. The step of immersing the development. The time for stopping the stripping solution or the solvent is not particularly limited, and is preferably from several tens of seconds to several minutes.

另外,使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟例如可列舉:自噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴對抗蝕劑圖案噴射清洗水,將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。清洗水可較佳地使用純水。另外,噴射噴嘴可列舉:於其噴射範圍內包含整個支持體的噴射噴嘴、或為可動式的噴射噴嘴且其可動範圍包含整個支持體的噴射噴嘴。於噴射噴嘴為可動式的情形時,可於去除抗蝕劑圖案的步驟中自支持體中心部至支持體端部為止移動2次以上來噴射清洗水,藉此更有效地去除抗蝕劑圖案。 Further, the step of removing the resist pattern using the washing water may, for example, be a step of ejecting the washing water from the resist pattern by a spray type or a spray type spray nozzle to remove the resist pattern. Pure water can be preferably used for the washing water. Further, the injection nozzle may be an injection nozzle that includes the entire support in the injection range thereof, or an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and whose movable range includes the entire support. When the ejection nozzle is movable, the cleaning water can be sprayed two times or more from the center of the support to the end of the support in the step of removing the resist pattern, thereby more effectively removing the resist pattern. .

剝離液通常含有有機溶劑,亦可更含有無機溶劑。有機溶劑例如可列舉:1)烴系化合物、2)鹵化烴系化合物、3)醇系化合物、4)醚或縮醛系化合物、5)酮或醛系化合物、6)酯系化合物、7)多元醇系化合物、8)羧酸或其酸酐系化合物、9)酚系化合物、10)含氮化合物、11)含硫化合物、12)含氟化合物。剝離液較佳為含有含氮化合物,更佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物與 環狀含氮化合物。 The stripping solution usually contains an organic solvent, and may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include 1) a hydrocarbon-based compound, 2) a halogenated hydrocarbon-based compound, 3) an alcohol-based compound, 4) an ether or an acetal-based compound, 5) a ketone or an aldehyde-based compound, and 6) an ester-based compound, and 7) A polyol compound, 8) a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, 9) a phenol compound, 10) a nitrogen-containing compound, 11) a sulfur-containing compound, and 12) a fluorine-containing compound. The stripping solution preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, more preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound A cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.

非環狀含氮化合物較佳為具有羥基的非環狀含氮化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,較佳為單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺,更佳為單乙醇胺(H2NCH2CH2OH)。另外,環狀含氮化合物可列舉:異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎啉、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、γ-甲基吡啶、2-甲基哌啶、3-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯啶、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-苯基嗎啉、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶等,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基嗎啉,更佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。 The acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group. Specific examples thereof include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like. Diethanolamine, triethanolamine or the like is preferably monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, more preferably monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH). Further, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and α-A. Pyridine, β-methylpyridine, γ-methylpyridine, 2-methylpiperidine, 3-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrolidine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone N-ethylmorpholine, more preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).

剝離液較佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物,其中,更佳為含有作為非環狀含氮化合物的選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺及三乙醇胺中的至少一種與作為環狀含氮化合物的選自N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及N-乙基嗎啉中的至少一種,進而佳為含有單乙醇胺與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。 The stripping liquid preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine as acyclic nitrogen-containing compound. The nitrogen-containing compound is at least one selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, and further preferably contains monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

於利用剝離液來進行去除時,只要將形成於第1著色圖案上的抗蝕劑圖案去除即可,即便於在第1著色圖案的側壁上附著有作為蝕刻產物的堆積物(析出物)的情形時,所述堆積物亦可未完全被去除。所謂堆積物,是指蝕刻產物附著堆積於著色層的側壁上而成者。 When the removal is performed by the peeling liquid, the resist pattern formed on the first colored pattern may be removed, and deposits (precipitates) as etching products may be adhered to the side walls of the first colored pattern. In this case, the deposit may not be completely removed. The term "deposited material" means that the etching product adheres to the side wall of the colored layer.

剝離液理想的是相對於剝離液100質量份而非環狀含氮化合物的含量為9質量份以上、11質量份以下,且相對於剝離液100質量份而環狀含氮化合物的含量為65質量份以上、70質量份以下。另外,剝離液較佳為利用純水將非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物的混合物稀釋而成者。 The content of the stripping liquid is preferably 9 parts by mass or more and 11 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the stripping liquid, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 65 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the stripping liquid. More than or equal to 70 parts by mass. Further, the peeling liquid is preferably one obtained by diluting a mixture of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.

再者,本發明的製造方法視需要亦可包括作為固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法而公知的步驟來作為所述以外的步驟。例如於進行所述著色感光性組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟及圖案形成步驟後,視需要亦可包括藉由加熱及/或曝光使所形成的著色圖案硬化的硬化步驟。 Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the present invention may include a step known as a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor as a step other than the above. For example, after the coloring photosensitive composition layer forming step, the exposure step, and the pattern forming step, a hardening step of hardening the formed coloring pattern by heating and/or exposure may be included as needed.

另外,於使用本發明的組成物的情形時,例如有時產生塗佈裝置噴出部的噴嘴或配管部的堵塞或者因著色組成物或顏料於塗佈機內的附著.沈降.乾燥所致的污染等。因此,為了高效地清洗由本發明的組成物所致的污染,較佳為將與上文所述的本組成物有關的溶劑用作清洗液。另外,日本專利特開平7-128867號公報、日本專利特開平7-146562號公報、日本專利特開平8-278637號公報、日本專利特開2000-273370號公報、日本專利特開2006-85140號公報、日本專利特開2006-291191號公報、日本專利特開2007-2101號公報、日本專利特開2007-2102號公報、日本專利特開2007-281523號公報等中記載的清洗液亦可較佳地用於本發明的組成物的清洗去除。 Further, in the case of using the composition of the present invention, for example, clogging of the nozzle or the piping portion of the coating device discharge portion or adhesion of the coloring composition or pigment to the coater may occur. settlement. Pollution caused by drying, etc. Therefore, in order to efficiently clean the contamination caused by the composition of the present invention, it is preferred to use a solvent related to the present composition described above as a cleaning liquid. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The cleaning liquids described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-291191, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-2101, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-2102, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-281523 can also be used. It is preferably used for cleaning and removal of the composition of the present invention.

所述中,較佳為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯及伸烷基二醇單 烷基醚。 Among them, preferred are alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates and alkylene glycol monoesters. Alkyl ether.

該些溶劑可單獨使用亦可混合使用兩種以上。於混合兩種以上的情形時,較佳為將具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑混合。具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑之質量比為1/99~99/1,較佳為10/90~90/10,更佳為20/80~80/20。特佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(Propyleneglycol monomethylether acetate,PGMEA)與丙二醇單甲醚(Propyleneglycol monomethylether,PGME)的混合溶劑且其比率為60/40。再者,為了提高清洗液對污染物的滲透性,亦可於清洗液中添加與上文所述的本組成物有關的界面活性劑。 These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the case of mixing two or more kinds, it is preferred to mix a solvent having a hydroxyl group with a solvent having no hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 80/20. Particularly preferred is a mixed solvent of Propyleneglycol monomethylether acetate (PGMEA) and Propyleneglycol monomethylether (PGME) in a ratio of 60/40. Further, in order to increase the permeability of the cleaning liquid to the contaminants, a surfactant related to the above-described composition may be added to the cleaning liquid.

本發明的彩色濾光片因使用本發明的組成物,故可進行曝光容限(margin)優異的曝光,且所形成的著色圖案(著色畫素)的圖案形狀優異,圖案表面的粗糙或顯影部的殘渣得到抑制,故顏色特性變優異。 Since the color filter of the present invention uses the composition of the present invention, it is possible to perform exposure with excellent exposure margin, and the pattern shape of the formed color pattern (colored pixel) is excellent, and the surface of the pattern is rough or developed. Since the residue of the portion is suppressed, the color characteristics are excellent.

本發明的彩色濾光片可較佳地用於CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件,特別適於超過100萬畫素般的高解析度的CCD或CMOS等。本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片例如可用作配置於構成CCD或CMOS的各畫素的受光部、與用以進行聚光的微透鏡(microlens)之間的彩色濾光片。 The color filter of the present invention can be preferably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS, and is particularly suitable for a high-resolution CCD or CMOS of more than one million pixels. The color filter for a solid-state image sensor of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion of each pixel constituting the CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚較佳為2.0μm以下,更佳為1.0μm以下,進而佳為0.7μm以下。 In addition, the thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) of the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less.

另外,著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度)較佳為2.5 μm以下,更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.7μm以下。 In addition, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5. It is preferably not more than μm, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less.

[固體攝像元件] [Solid image sensor]

本發明的固體攝像元件具備上文已述的本發明的彩色濾光片。本發明的固體攝像元件的構成為具備本發明的彩色濾光片的構成,只要為作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下構成。 The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a configuration that functions as a solid-state imaging device, and the configuration is as follows.

所謂固體攝像元件為以下構成:於支持體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的受光區域的多個光電二極體(photodiode)及包含多晶矽等的傳輸電極,於所述光電二極體及所述傳輸電極上具有僅光電二極體的受光部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面及光電二極體受光部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的元件保護膜,於所述元件保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。 The solid-state imaging device has a configuration in which a plurality of photodiodes (photodiodes) constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, or the like) and a polycrystalline germanium or the like are provided on the support. The electrode includes a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like on the photodiode and the transfer electrode, and the light-receiving portion of the photodiode is opened, and the light-shielding film covers the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode An element protective film containing tantalum nitride or the like formed in a portion thereof has the color filter for a solid-state imaging device of the present invention on the element protective film.

進而,亦可為於所述元件保護層上且彩色濾光片之下(靠近支持體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)的構成、或於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成等。 Furthermore, it may be configured to have a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like, the same below) on the element protective layer and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), or may have a color filter. The composition of the concentrating mechanism, and the like.

[圖像顯示裝置] [Image display device]

本發明的彩色濾光片不僅可用於所述固體攝像元件,而且可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置,特別適於液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可顯示以下圖像:顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示特性優異的高畫質圖像。 The color filter of the present invention can be used not only for the solid-state imaging device but also for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device, and is particularly suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image in which the hue of the display image is good and the display characteristics are excellent.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,例如是記載於「電子顯示器元件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調查會(股),1990年發行)」、「顯示器元件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股),1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,工業調查會(股),1994年發行)」中。本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described in, for example, "Electronic display device (Sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association, stocks, issued in 1990)", "Display elements (Ibuki Shun, industrial books) (shares), issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Editor Uchida Ronjin, Industrial Research Association, issued in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股)1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多象限垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等視角經擴大的液晶顯示裝置或超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)及反射式光學補償彎曲(Reflective-Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a Thin Film Transistor (TFT) type. The liquid crystal display device of the color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display device or a super-twisting direction having a viewing angle such as a transverse electric field driving method such as coplanar switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA). Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), Fringe Field Switching (FFS) and Reflective-Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB) and the like.

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對彩色濾光片層的要求特性除了上文所述般的通 常的要求特性以外,有時還需要對層間絕緣膜的要求特性、即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。於本發明的彩色濾光片中,因使用色相優異的染料多聚物,故顏色純度、光透射性等良好且著色圖案(畫素)的色調優異,故可提供一種解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光片層上設置樹脂被膜。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition Color-filter On Array (COA) mode. In the COA liquid crystal display device, the required characteristics of the color filter layer are the same as described above. In addition to the usual required characteristics, the required characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, the low dielectric constant and the peeling resistance are sometimes required. In the color filter of the present invention, since a dye multimer having excellent hue is used, color purity, light transmittance, and the like are excellent, and color tone (pixel) is excellent in color tone, so that high resolution and long-term durability can be provided. A COA liquid crystal display device excellent in properties. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.

關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如是記載於「電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調查研究部門,2001年發行)」的43頁等中。 These image display methods are described, for example, in "Electroluminescence (EL), Plasma Display Panel (PDP), Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) displays - technology and market. Trends - (Toray Research Center, Research and Research Department, issued in 2001), 43 pages, etc.

具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的彩色濾光片以外,是由電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔件(spacer)、視角保障膜等各種構件所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於由該些公知的構件所構成的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,例如是記載於「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料-化學品的市場(島健太郎,CMC(股),1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展望(下卷)(表良吉,富士凱美萊總研(股),2003年發行)」中。 The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention comprises, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle securing film. . The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. For example, the "94 liquid crystal display peripheral materials - chemicals market (Ichishima Kentaro, CMC (share), issued in 1994)", "2003 liquid crystal related market status and future prospects (volume) (Former Liangji, Fuji Kamelai Institute (share), issued in 2003).

關於背光,是記載於「國際資訊顯示學會會議記錄(SID meeting Digest)」1380(2005)(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)或月刊「顯示器」的2005年12月號的18頁~24頁(島康裕)及該文獻 25頁~30頁(八木隆明)等中。 The backlight is recorded on the 18th page of the December 2005 issue of the "SID meeting Digest" 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al.) or the monthly "Monitor"~ 24 pages (Island Kang Yu) and the literature 25 to 30 pages (Yumu Longming) and so on.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示裝置,則於與以前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時,可實現高的對比度,進而藉由將紅色、綠色、藍色的LED光源(RGB-LED)設定為背光,可提供亮度高、另外顏色純度高的色彩再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 When the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a conventionally known cold cathode tube, and the red, green, and blue LED light source can be realized. (RGB-LED) is set as a backlight, and can provide a liquid crystal display device with high brightness and high color reproducibility.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下列舉實施例對本發明加以更具體說明。以下的實施例所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等只要不偏離本發明的主旨,則可適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍不限定於以下所示的具體例。再者,只要無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。 The invention is more specifically illustrated by the following examples. The materials, the amounts, the ratios, the treatment contents, the treatment procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, "%" and "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise specified.

<分散劑(C-1)的合成> <Synthesis of Dispersant (C-1)>

於具備氣體導入管、冷凝器、攪拌翼及溫度計的反應槽中,添加甲基丙烯酸甲酯80份、丙烯酸乙酯120份及甲氧基丙基乙酸酯40份,利用氮氣進行置換。將反應容器內加熱至80℃,添加3-巰基-1,2-丙二醇4.4份後,向其中分20次每隔30分鐘添加2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2份。於將反應容器內維持於80℃的狀態下反應12小時,藉由固體成分測定確認到95%已反應。繼而,將偏苯三甲酸酐12份、甲氧基丙基乙酸酯190份及作為觸媒的1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯0.40份追加至反應後的溶液中,於120℃下反應2小時,繼而於80℃下反應5小時,藉由滴定來確認90%以 上的酸酐經半酯化。將所得的樹脂溶液取樣2g,於180℃下加熱乾燥20分鐘來測定不揮發成分。於事先獲得的樹脂溶液中以不揮發成分成為25質量%的方式添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,獲得固體成分單位的酸值為44mgKOH/g、數量平均分子量為5200的具有芳香族羧基的分散劑(C-1)。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a gas introduction tube, a condenser, a stirring blade, and a thermometer, 80 parts of methyl methacrylate, 120 parts of ethyl acrylate, and 40 parts of methoxypropyl acetate were added, and the mixture was replaced with nitrogen. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 80 ° C, and 4.4 parts of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, and then 0.2 part of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added thereto 20 times. The reaction was carried out for 12 hours while maintaining the reaction vessel at 80 ° C, and it was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Then, 12 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 190 parts of methoxypropyl acetate, and 0.40 parts of 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene as a catalyst were added to the reaction. In the latter solution, the reaction was carried out at 120 ° C for 2 hours, followed by reaction at 80 ° C for 5 hours, and titration confirmed 90%. The anhydride is semi-esterified. The obtained resin solution was sampled by 2 g, and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to measure a nonvolatile component. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the resin solution obtained in advance so that the nonvolatile content was 25% by mass, and the dispersion of the aromatic carboxyl group having an acid value of 44 mg KOH/g and a number average molecular weight of 5,200 in a solid content unit was obtained. Agent (C-1).

<分散劑(C-2)的合成> <Synthesis of Dispersant (C-2)>

於具備氣體導入管、冷凝器、攪拌翼及溫度計的反應槽中,添加甲基丙烯酸甲酯160份、丙烯酸乙酯40份及甲氧基丙基乙酸酯40份,利用氮氣進行置換。將反應容器內加熱至80℃,添加3-巰基-1,2-丙二醇2.2份後,向其中分20次每隔30分鐘添加2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2份。於將反應容器內維持於80℃的狀態下反應12小時,藉由固體成分測定確認到95%已反應。繼而,將偏苯三甲酸酐12份、甲氧基丙基乙酸酯190份及作為觸媒的1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯0.40份追加至反應後的溶液中,於120℃下反應2小時,繼而於80℃下反應5小時,藉由滴定來確認90%以上的酸酐經半酯化。將所得的樹脂溶液取樣約2g,於180℃下加熱乾燥20分鐘而測定不揮發成分。於事先所得的樹脂溶液中以不揮發成分成為25質量%的方式添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,獲得固體成分單位的酸值為23mgKOH/g、數量平均分子量為11000的具有芳香族羧基的分散劑(C-2)溶液。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a gas introduction tube, a condenser, a stirring blade, and a thermometer, 160 parts of methyl methacrylate, 40 parts of ethyl acrylate, and 40 parts of methoxypropyl acetate were added, and the mixture was replaced with nitrogen. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 80 ° C, and 2.2 parts of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, and then 0.2 part of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added thereto 20 times. The reaction was carried out for 12 hours while maintaining the reaction vessel at 80 ° C, and it was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Then, 12 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 190 parts of methoxypropyl acetate, and 0.40 parts of 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene as a catalyst were added to the reaction. After the reaction was carried out at 120 ° C for 2 hours, and then at 80 ° C for 5 hours, it was confirmed by titration that 90% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified. The obtained resin solution was sampled at about 2 g, and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to measure a nonvolatile component. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the resin solution obtained in advance so that the nonvolatile content was 25% by mass, and the dispersion of the aromatic carboxyl group having an acid value of 23 mg KOH/g and a number average molecular weight of 11,000 in a solid content unit was obtained. Solution (C-2) solution.

<分散劑(C-3)的合成> <Synthesis of Dispersant (C-3)>

參照日本專利特開2007-277514號公報的段落編號0334的記 載來進行合成。 Reference is made to the paragraph number 0334 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-277514. Loaded for synthesis.

分散劑(C-3): Dispersant (C-3):

分散劑(C-3)的化學式中,a為2.0,b為4.0,酸值為10mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20000。 In the chemical formula of the dispersing agent (C-3), a is 2.0, b is 4.0, an acid value is 10 mgKOH/g, and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 20,000.

另外,a及b分別表示括弧內所表示的部分結構的個數,滿足a+b=6。 Further, a and b respectively indicate the number of partial structures indicated in parentheses, and satisfy a+b=6.

<樹脂黏合劑1的合成> <Synthesis of Resin Adhesive 1>

於在可分離式四口燒瓶上安裝有溫度計、冷凝管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置的反應容器中,加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,一面於反應容器中導入氮氣一面加熱至100℃,於相同溫度下自滴加管中用1小時滴加甲基丙烯酸苄酯123.3g、甲基丙烯酸25.8g、偶氮雙異丁腈10.0g的混合物,進行聚合反應。 A propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device, and heated to 100 ° C while introducing nitrogen gas into the reaction vessel. A mixture of 123.3 g of benzyl methacrylate, 25.8 g of methacrylic acid, and 10.0 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise from the dropping tube at the same temperature for 1 hour to carry out a polymerization reaction.

將所得的樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫為止後,取樣約3g並於180℃下加熱乾燥20分鐘而測定不揮發成分。於事先合成的樹脂溶液中以不揮發成分成為40質量%的方式添加丙二醇乙酸酯,獲得樹脂黏合劑1的溶液。 After the obtained resin solution was cooled to room temperature, about 3 g was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to measure a nonvolatile component. A propylene glycol acetate was added to the resin solution which was previously synthesized so that the nonvolatile content was 40% by mass, and a solution of the resin binder 1 was obtained.

<顏料分散組成物的製造> <Manufacture of Pigment Dispersion Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合後,藉由珠磨機混合.分散3小時而製備顏料分散組成物1。 The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then mixed by a bead mill. The pigment dispersion composition 1 was prepared by dispersing for 3 hours.

色素衍生物(I-1): Pigment Derivative (I-1):

<著色感光性樹脂組成物的製備> <Preparation of Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合,製備著色感光性樹脂組成物。 The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed to prepare a colored photosensitive resin composition.

將組成內容變更為下述表1的組成,除此以外,利用與所述著色感光性樹脂組成物1相同的方法來製備著色感光性樹脂組成物2~著色感光性樹脂組成物15。再者,著色感光性樹脂組成物2~著色感光性樹脂組成物12中所用的衍生物A、衍生物(I-2)、衍生物(II-1)及衍生物(II-2)是由以下的結構式所表示。 The colored photosensitive resin composition 2 to the colored photosensitive resin composition 15 were prepared by the same method as the colored photosensitive resin composition 1 except that the composition was changed to the composition of the following Table 1. In addition, the derivative A, the derivative (I-2), the derivative (II-1), and the derivative (II-2) used in the colored photosensitive resin composition 2 to the colored photosensitive resin composition 12 are The following structural formula is shown.

衍生物A(富士膠片精密化學(股)製造): Derivative A (manufactured by Fujifilm Precision Chemical Co., Ltd.):

衍生物(I-2): Derivative (I-2):

衍生物(II-1): Derivative (II-1):

衍生物(II-2): Derivative (II-2):

<評價> <evaluation> <<殘渣>> <<residue>>

使用旋塗機將上文所得的實施例及比較例的著色感光性樹脂組成物以塗佈後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式塗佈於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓上,使用100℃的熱板進行120秒鐘加熱處理(預烘烤)。 The colored photosensitive resin compositions of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above were applied onto a ruthenium wafer with an undercoat layer by a spin coater at a film thickness of 0.8 μm, using 100 ° C. The hot plate was heat treated for 120 seconds (prebaking).

繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)(股)製造),以365nm的波長通過1.4μm四方的貝爾圖案(Bayer pattern)遮罩以圖案尺寸成為1.4μm四方的方式調整曝光量來進行曝光。 Then, using an i-ray stepwise exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), a 1.4 μm square Bayer pattern was masked at a wavelength of 365 nm so that the pattern size became 1.4 μm square. Adjust the exposure to expose.

其後,對形成有經曝光的塗佈膜的玻璃晶圓使用氫氧化四甲基銨(Tetramethylammonium hydroxide,TMAH)0.3%水溶液,於23℃下進行60秒鐘浸置顯影。其後,使用旋轉噴淋器進行淋洗,進而利用純水進行水洗,使用200℃的熱板進行300秒鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),獲得形成有1.4μm四方的貝爾圖案的單色彩色濾光片。 Thereafter, a glass wafer on which an exposed coating film was formed was subjected to dip development at 23 ° C for 60 seconds using a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Thereafter, it was rinsed using a rotary shower, washed with pure water, and subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C to obtain a monochromatic color in which a Bell pattern of 1.4 μm square was formed. Filter.

對所得的1.4μm四方的貝爾圖案使用測長掃描式電子顯微鏡(Scanning Electron Microscopy,SEM)(S-4800,日立公司製造),觀察圖案周邊的殘渣,評價微影的良好性。 The obtained 1.4 μm square Bell pattern was observed by Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and the residue around the pattern was observed to evaluate the goodness of the lithography.

~判定基準~ ~Judgement benchmark~

5:未觀察到殘渣。 5: No residue was observed.

4:稍許觀察到殘渣。 4: A slight residue was observed.

3:觀察到殘渣,但為實用上無問題的水準。 3: Residue was observed, but it was a practically problem-free level.

2:觀察到殘渣,為無法實用的水準。 2: The residue was observed to be an impractical level.

1:於圖案周邊的基底上的一個面上觀察到殘渣。 1: Residue was observed on one side of the substrate around the pattern.

<<圖案直線性>> <<pattern linearity>>

對上文所得的圖案基板使用測長SEM(S-4800,日立公司製造)自上部進行觀察。 The pattern substrate obtained above was observed from the upper side using a length measuring SEM (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.).

~判定基準~ ~Judgement benchmark~

5:如圖1之(a)般圖案的一邊為直線。 5: One side of the pattern is a straight line as shown in Fig. 1(a).

4:如圖1之(b)般圖案的角稍圓。 4: The angle of the pattern is slightly round as shown in Fig. 1(b).

3:如圖1之(c)般圖案的一邊稍圓。 3: The side of the pattern is slightly round as shown in Fig. 1(c).

2:如圖1之(d)般圖案變圓。 2: The pattern is rounded as shown in (d) of Fig. 1.

1:如圖1之(e)般圖案為圓形。 1: The pattern is circular as shown in Fig. 1(e).

<<穩定性>> <<stability>>

對使上文所得的實施例及比較例的著色感光性樹脂組成物於室溫下經時3個月後的黏度變化進行評價。 The change in viscosity of the colored photosensitive resin composition of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above obtained at room temperature for 3 months was evaluated.

5:經時前後的黏度變化為3.0%以下。 5: The viscosity change before and after the passage was 3.0% or less.

4:經時前後的黏度變化超過3.0%且為5.0%以下。 4: The viscosity change before and after the time exceeded 3.0% and was 5.0% or less.

3:經時前後的黏度變化超過5.0%且為10.0%以下。 3: The viscosity change before and after the time exceeded 5.0% and was 10.0% or less.

2:經時前後的黏度變化超過10.0%且為30.0%以下。 2: The viscosity change before and after the time exceeded 10.0% and was 30.0% or less.

1:經時前後的黏度變化超過30.0%。 1: The viscosity change before and after the passage exceeded 30.0%.

<<亮度不均>> <<Brightness uneven>>

使用旋塗機將上文所得的實施例及比較例的著色感光性樹脂組成物以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式塗佈於玻璃基板上,於100℃下預烘烤120秒鐘而獲得著色塗膜。 The colored photosensitive resin compositions of the examples and the comparative examples obtained above were applied onto a glass substrate so as to have a film thickness after drying of 0.8 μm by a spin coater, and prebaked at 100 ° C for 120 seconds. A colored coating film was obtained.

將所得的各著色塗膜設置於光學顯微鏡的觀測鏡頭與光源之間,朝向觀測鏡頭照射光,使用設置有倍率為1000倍的數位照相機的光學顯微鏡來觀察其透射光狀態。於設置於光學顯微鏡中的數位照相機中搭載128萬畫素的CCD,利用該數位照相機來拍攝處於透射光狀態的著色塗膜表面。拍攝圖像是作為以8位元(bit)的位元映像(bitmap)形式進行數位轉換而成的資料(數位圖像)而保存。 Each of the obtained colored coating films was placed between an observation lens of an optical microscope and a light source, and the light was irradiated toward the observation lens, and the transmitted light state was observed using an optical microscope provided with a digital camera having a magnification of 1,000. A CCD of 1.28 million pixels was mounted on a digital camera provided in an optical microscope, and the surface of the colored coating film in a transmitted light state was imaged by the digital camera. The captured image is stored as a digital image (digital image) which is digitally converted in the form of a bit map of 8 bits.

再者,著色塗膜的被膜表面的拍攝是對任意選擇的20個區域進行。另外,關於經數位轉換的資料,對拍攝圖像以0~255的256級的濃度分佈將RGB三原色各自的亮度數值化而進行保存。 Further, the filming of the surface of the film of the colored coating film was performed on arbitrarily selected 20 regions. Further, regarding the digitally converted data, the luminance of each of the RGB three primary colors is quantized and stored for the captured image with a density distribution of 256 levels of 0 to 255.

繼而,對於所保存的數位圖像,以1個格子尺寸相當於實際基板上的0.5μm四方的方式劃分成格子狀,將一個區塊內的亮度平均化。於本實施例中,利用128萬畫素的數位照相機來拍攝光學1000倍的圖像,故實際基板上的0.5μm成為拍攝圖像上的0.5mm,顯示器上的圖像尺寸為452mm×352mm,故一個區域中的總區塊數為636416個。 Then, the stored digital image is divided into a lattice shape so that one grid size corresponds to 0.5 μm square on the actual substrate, and the luminance in one block is averaged. In the present embodiment, a digital camera of 1.28 million pixels is used to capture an image 1000 times optically, so 0.5 μm on the actual substrate becomes 0.5 mm on the captured image, and the image size on the display is 452 mm × 352 mm. Therefore, the total number of blocks in a region is 636,416.

對於各區域的所有區塊,測量任意1個區塊及與之鄰接的所有鄰接區塊的平均亮度。將與鄰接區塊的平均亮度之差為5%以上的區塊認定為顯著差異區塊,算出整個區域的顯著差異區塊的平均總數。該數值越小,與鄰接區塊的濃度差越小,亮度不均越少,表示作為彩色濾光片的特性越優異。 For all blocks of each region, the average brightness of any one block and all adjacent blocks adjacent thereto is measured. A block having a difference of 5% or more from the average luminance of the adjacent blocks is regarded as a significant difference block, and an average total number of significant difference blocks of the entire area is calculated. The smaller the value is, the smaller the difference in density from the adjacent blocks is, and the less the unevenness in luminance is, the more excellent the characteristics as a color filter are.

~判定基準~ ~Judgement benchmark~

5:顯著差異區塊數為2000以下。 5: The number of significant differences is less than 2000.

4:顯著差異區塊數為2001~3000。 4: The number of significant differences is 2001~3000.

3:顯著差異區塊數為3001~5000。 3: The number of significant differences is 3001~5000.

2:顯著差異區塊數為5001~10000。 2: The number of significant differences is 5001~10000.

1:顯著差異區塊數為10001以上。 1: The number of significant difference blocks is 10001 or more.

於所述表1中,各記號是指以下化合物。 In the above Table 1, each symbol means the following compound.

PG58:鹵化鋅酞菁顏料(C.I.顏料綠58) PG58: zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment (C.I. Pigment Green 58)

PY139:異吲哚啉系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃139) PY139: Isoporphyrin yellow pigment (C.I. Pigment Yellow 139)

PY150:鎳偶氮系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃150) PY150: Nickel azo yellow pigment (C.I. Pigment Yellow 150)

PY185:異吲哚啉系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃185) PY185: Isoporphyrin yellow pigment (C.I. Pigment Yellow 185)

PG36:鹵化銅酞菁顏料(C.I.顏料綠36) PG36: Copper phthalocyanine pigment (C.I. Pigment Green 36)

未經取代的Zn酞菁顏料:未經鹵化的鋅酞菁顏料 Unsubstituted Zn Phthalocyanine Pigment: Unhalogenated Zinc Phthalocyanine Pigment

由所述表1所示的結果得知,於使用非鹵化鋅酞菁或鹵化銅酞菁作為酞菁顏料的情形時(比較例1~比較例5),圖案直線性、穩定性及亮度不均大幅度地劣化。另外得知,於不使用本發明中所用的色素衍生物或分散劑的情形時(比較例4~比較例5),微影、圖案直線性、穩定性及亮度不均大幅度地劣化。 From the results shown in Table 1, it was found that when non-halide zinc phthalocyanine or copper halide phthalocyanine was used as the phthalocyanine pigment (Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 5), the pattern linearity, stability, and brightness were not Both are greatly degraded. Further, when the pigment derivative or the dispersant used in the present invention was not used (Comparative Example 4 to Comparative Example 5), the lithography, pattern linearity, stability, and luminance unevenness were greatly deteriorated.

相對於此,得知例如實施例所示的本發明的感光性樹脂組成物因含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料及(B)特定結構的色素衍生物,故微影、圖案直線性、穩定性及亮度不均得到大幅度改善。 On the other hand, for example, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention shown in the examples contains (A) a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment and (B) a pigment derivative having a specific structure as essential components in the composition of the present invention. Therefore, lithography, pattern linearity, stability and brightness unevenness have been greatly improved.

Claims (16)

一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,含有:(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料、(B-1)下述通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物及/或(B-2)下述通式(II)所表示的色素衍生物、(C)分散劑、(D)光聚合起始劑以及(E)聚合性化合物,其中相對於顏料100質量份,所述(C)分散劑的含量為20質量份~40質量份, 通式(I)中,Dye表示n價的有機色素殘基,X表示單鍵、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2-或-CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2-,Y2表示可具有取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基,Y1表示-NH-或-O-,於n表示1的情形時,Z表示羥基、烷氧基、下述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye,X與通式(I)中的X為相同含意,於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z分別表示羥基、烷氧基或下述通式(III)所表示的基團,R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環;m表示1~6的整數,n表示1~4的整數;於n為2以上的情形時,多個X、Y1、R1及R2分別可相同亦可不同; 通式(III)中,Y3表示-NH-或-O-;R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環;m表示1~6的整數; 通式(II)中,Dye表示可具有取代基的喹酞酮殘基,X1表示-NR'SO2-、-SO2NR'-、-CONR'-、-CH2NR'COCH2NR'-或-NR'CO-,X2表示可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基或可具有取代基的碳數為4~20的雜芳香環基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-或-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結;X3表示-NR'-或-O-;R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基;A及B分別表示選自下述通式(1)所表示的基團、下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9、-NR10R11、-Cl、-F及-X3-X2-X1-Dye 中的基團,R8表示可經取代的含氮雜環殘基,R9、R10、R11分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,n表示0~20的整數;A及B的任一個為下述通式(1)所表示的基團、下述通式(2)所表示的基團、-O-(CH2)n-R8、-OR9或-NR10R11,t表示1~3的整數;於t為2以上的情形時,多個X1、X2、X3、A及B可相同亦可不同; 通式(1)中,Y1表示-NR'-或-O-,Y2表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,該些基團亦可經選自-NR'-、-O-、-SO2-、-CO-中的二價連結基相互鍵結;R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基;R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基;R1與R2亦可成一體而形成雜環結構,所述 雜環結構亦可更含有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子,亦可具有取代基;通式(2)中,Z1表示連結三嗪環與氮原子的單鍵、-NR'-、-NR'-G-CO-、-NR’-G-CONR”-、-NR'-G-SO2-、-NR'-G-SO2NR"-、-O-G-CO-、-O-G-CONR'-、-O-G-SO2-或-O-G-SO2NR'-,G表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的伸烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的伸烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的伸芳基,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基;R3、R4、R5及R6分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基,R7表示可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的烷基或可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烯基。 A colored photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, (B-1) a dye derivative represented by the following formula (I), and/or (B-2) a general formula ( II) a pigment derivative, (C) a dispersant, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a polymerizable compound, wherein the content of the (C) dispersant is 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Parts by mass ~40 parts by mass, In the formula (I), Dye represents an n-valent organic dye residue, and X represents a single bond, -CONH-Y 2 -, -SO 2 NH-Y 2 - or -CH 2 NHCOCH 2 NH-Y 2 -, Y 2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent, and Y 1 represents -NH- or -O-, and when n represents 1, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the following formula (III) The group represented by -NH-X-Dye, X has the same meaning as X in the formula (I), and when n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or the following The group represented by the formula (III), R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom; m represents 1 to 6 An integer, n represents an integer from 1 to 4; when n is 2 or more, a plurality of X, Y 1 , R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different; In the formula (III), Y 3 represents -NH- or -O-; R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero atom containing a nitrogen atom; Ring; m represents an integer from 1 to 6; In the general formula (II), Dye represents quinophthalone residue having a substituent, X 1 represents -NR'SO 2 -, - SO 2 NR '-, - CONR' -, - CH 2 NR'COCH 2 NR '- or -NR'CO-, X 2 represents a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups are also It may be bonded to each other via a divalent linking group selected from -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 - or -CO-; X 3 represents -NR'- or -O-; R' represents a hydrogen atom, The alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 having a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; A and B are respectively selected a group represented by the following formula (1), a group represented by the following formula (2), -O-(CH 2 ) n -R 8 , -OR 9 , -NR 10 R 11 ,- a group in Cl, -F and -X 3 -X 2 -X 1 -Dye, R 8 represents a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic residue which may be substituted, and R 9 , R 10 and R 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, and may have The substituent has an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 20 Any one of A and B is a compound of the following formula (1) a group represented by the following formula (2), -O-(CH 2 ) n -R 8 , -OR 9 or -NR 10 R 11 , t represents an integer of 1 to 3; In the case of 2 or more, a plurality of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , A, and B may be the same or different; In the formula (1), Y 1 represents -NR'- or -O-, and Y 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number of 2 to 20 which may have a substituent. An alkenyl group or a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and these groups may also be divalently selected from -NR'-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -CO- The linking group is bonded to each other; R' represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent An aryl group of 6 to 20; R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; R 1 and R 2 are also The heterocyclic structure may be formed integrally, and the heterocyclic ring structure may further contain a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, or may have a substituent; in the formula (2), Z 1 represents a linking triazine ring and a nitrogen atom. Single bond, -NR'-, -NR'-G-CO-, -NR'-G-CONR"-, -NR'-G-SO 2 -, -NR'-G-SO 2 NR"-, -OG-CO-, -OG-CONR'-, -OG-SO 2 - or -OG-SO 2 NR'-, G represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and may have a substitution a base having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or may have The substituent has a carbon number of 6 to 20, and R' and R" each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 2 to 20 An alkenyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, An alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 7 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have The substituent has an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,更含有黃色顏料。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising a yellow pigment. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述黃色顏料為C.I.顏料黃150及/或C.I.顏料黃185。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein the yellow pigment is C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 and/or C.I. Pigment Yellow 185. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述(C)分散劑是使於單末端具有羥基的乙烯系聚合物的所述羥基與三羧酸酐或四羧酸二酐反應而成。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the (C) dispersing agent is the hydroxyl group of the vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group at a single terminal and a tricarboxylic acid anhydride or a tetracarboxylic acid The anhydride is reacted. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(I)中,Dye具有含有苯并咪唑酮骨架的單偶氮色素。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (I), Dye has a monoazo dye containing a benzimidazolone skeleton. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其 中通式(II)中,所述喹酞酮殘基是由下述通式(II-1)所表示, 通式(II-1)中,D及E分別表示選自氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~20的烷基、與D及E所鍵結的苯環一起形成且可具有取代基的芳香環基或雜環基、羥基、碳數1~3的烷氧基、羧基或其鹽、碳數1~20的酯基、碳數1~20的醯胺基、碸基或其鹽、胺磺醯基、-NR'R"-、硝基中的任一個基團;式中,R'及R"分別表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數1~20的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數2~20的烯基或可具有取代基的碳數6~20的芳基;p表示0~4的整數,q表示由4-p所算出的整數;*表示與通式(II)中的X1的鍵結部位。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (II), the quinophthalone residue is represented by the following formula (II-1), In the formula (II-1), D and E each represent an aromatic group selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a benzene ring bonded to D and E, and a substituent. a cyclic or heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a salt thereof, an ester group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a decylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an anthracenyl group or a salt thereof, and an amine Any one of a sulfonyl group, a -NR'R"-, or a nitro group; wherein R' and R" each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent The alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; p represents an integer of 0 to 4, q represents an integer calculated by 4-p; * represents a formula The bonding site of X 1 in II). 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(II)中,A及B表示所述通式(1)所表示的基團或所述通式(2)所表示的基團,且A及B為相同基團。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (II), A and B represent a group represented by the formula (1) or the formula (2) The group represented, and A and B are the same group. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述(A)鹵化鋅酞菁顏料為C.I.顏料綠58。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 7, wherein the (A) zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment is C.I. Pigment Green 58. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的著色感光 性樹脂組成物,其中相對於所述組成物中的所有固體成分,所述著色劑的合計量為40質量%以上。 Coloring sensitization as described in any one of claims 1 to 7 The resin composition in which the total amount of the colorant is 40% by mass or more based on all the solid components in the composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其是用於形成彩色濾光片的著色區域。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 7, which is a colored region for forming a color filter. 一種硬化膜,其是使如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物硬化而成。 A cured film obtained by curing the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the first to seventh aspects of the invention. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層的步驟;將所述著色感光性樹脂組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter comprising: applying a colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin composition layer a step of exposing the colored photosensitive resin composition layer to a pattern; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層,使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影而將所述光阻層圖案化,獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將所述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對所述著色層進行乾蝕刻的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter comprising: applying a colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 to a support to form a colored photosensitive resin composition layer a step of hardening to form a color layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and The resist pattern is used as an etch mask to dry etch the colored layer. 一種彩色濾光片,其為具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述的硬化膜的彩色濾光片、或者藉由如申請專利範圍第12項或第13 項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法所製造的彩色濾光片。 A color filter which is a color filter having a cured film as described in claim 11 or by the 12th or 13th of the patent application A color filter manufactured by the method for producing a color filter according to the invention. 一種固體攝像元件,具有如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state image sensor having a color filter as described in claim 14 of the patent application. 一種圖像顯示裝置,具有如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片。 An image display device having the color filter of claim 14 of the patent application.
TW103126676A 2013-08-05 2014-08-05 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device TW201506537A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013162162A JP6147135B2 (en) 2013-08-05 2013-08-05 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201506537A true TW201506537A (en) 2015-02-16

Family

ID=52461158

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103126676A TW201506537A (en) 2013-08-05 2014-08-05 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6147135B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201506537A (en)
WO (1) WO2015019819A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6634753B2 (en) * 2015-09-17 2020-01-22 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, method for producing photosensitive coloring composition, and color filter
JP6767747B2 (en) * 2016-01-15 2020-10-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, method for manufacturing cured film, light-shielding film, color filter and solid-state image sensor
WO2017141860A1 (en) * 2016-02-15 2017-08-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring curable composition, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing cured film
JP7207330B2 (en) * 2018-01-23 2023-01-18 Jsr株式会社 Composition for forming resist underlayer film, resist underlayer film, method for forming same, and method for producing patterned substrate
CN112739726B (en) * 2018-09-26 2023-09-19 富士胶片株式会社 Coloring composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device
TWI829777B (en) * 2018-10-15 2024-01-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Structure, solid imaging element and image display device
CN111522199B (en) * 2020-04-21 2023-11-28 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Photoresist, preparation method thereof and display device
WO2022202204A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4871634B2 (en) * 2005-11-11 2012-02-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter
JP5094378B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2012-12-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Color filter for solid-state image sensor, method for manufacturing the same, and solid-state image sensor
JP5444760B2 (en) * 2009-03-02 2014-03-19 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2011102945A (en) * 2009-11-12 2011-05-26 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP5478214B2 (en) * 2009-11-24 2014-04-23 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Green colored resist for color filter, colored layer, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5726462B2 (en) * 2010-09-01 2015-06-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, method for producing color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2014035351A (en) * 2012-08-07 2014-02-24 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Colored composition for color filter, and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2015019819A1 (en) 2015-02-12
JP6147135B2 (en) 2017-06-14
JP2015031857A (en) 2015-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI541603B (en) Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TWI572979B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TWI623593B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
JP6333604B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI632426B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI615679B (en) Dye multimer, colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
KR101728749B1 (en) Coloring composition, colored pattern, color filter and method of producing the same, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
KR101639223B1 (en) Coloring composition, colored cured film, color filter, manufacturing method of the same, and solid state imaging device
TWI632204B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
EP2829916A1 (en) Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for forming colored pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image sensor, and image display device
JP6147135B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201506536A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
TW201506535A (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
WO2016072259A1 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI592752B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing the same, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
JP6559300B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device